1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
46 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
48 #include "insn-config.h"
56 #include "dwarf2out.h"
57 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
63 #include "diagnostic.h"
66 #include "langhooks.h"
71 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
72 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *);
75 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
76 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
77 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
78 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
79 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
80 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
81 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
82 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
83 CIE = Common Information Entry
84 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
85 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
86 FDE = Frame Description Entry
87 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
88 how to restore registers
90 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
91 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
93 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
94 # ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
95 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO \
96 (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
98 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO 0
102 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
103 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
104 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
105 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
106 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
109 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
113 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
115 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
116 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
117 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
118 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
119 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
121 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
122 || (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
123 && (flag_unwind_tables
124 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)))
129 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
131 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
134 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
135 must be kept around forever. */
136 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx,gc) *used_rtx_array;
138 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
139 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
140 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
142 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *incomplete_types;
144 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
145 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
146 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
147 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
148 define type declaration DIE's. */
149 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *decl_scope_table;
151 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
152 static GTY(()) section *debug_info_section;
153 static GTY(()) section *debug_abbrev_section;
154 static GTY(()) section *debug_aranges_section;
155 static GTY(()) section *debug_macinfo_section;
156 static GTY(()) section *debug_line_section;
157 static GTY(()) section *debug_loc_section;
158 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubnames_section;
159 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubtypes_section;
160 static GTY(()) section *debug_str_section;
161 static GTY(()) section *debug_ranges_section;
162 static GTY(()) section *debug_frame_section;
164 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
165 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
166 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
169 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
170 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
171 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
173 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
174 Information instructions. The register number, offset
175 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
176 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
178 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
180 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
186 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct GTY(())
188 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
189 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
190 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
191 struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
195 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct GTY(())
197 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
198 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
199 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
201 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
206 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
207 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
208 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
209 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
210 of this structure. */
211 typedef struct cfa_loc GTY(())
213 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
214 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset;
216 int indirect; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
219 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
220 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
221 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
222 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
223 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
225 typedef struct dw_fde_struct GTY(())
228 const char *dw_fde_begin;
229 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
230 const char *dw_fde_end;
231 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label;
232 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
233 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
234 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
235 bool dw_fde_switched_sections;
236 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
237 unsigned funcdef_number;
238 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
239 unsigned nothrow : 1;
240 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
244 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
245 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
247 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
248 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
249 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
250 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
252 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
253 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
256 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
257 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
258 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
261 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
262 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
265 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
266 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
267 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
270 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
271 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
273 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
274 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
277 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
279 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
280 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
281 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
283 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
284 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
285 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
286 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
288 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
292 /* CIE identifier. */
293 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
294 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
295 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
297 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
300 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
301 information for each routine. */
302 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
304 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
305 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated;
307 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
308 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use;
310 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
312 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
314 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
315 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
317 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
318 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
319 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
320 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
321 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
322 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
325 struct indirect_string_node GTY(())
328 unsigned int refcount;
333 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
335 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
336 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num;
338 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
340 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
342 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
343 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
344 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void);
345 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref);
346 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref);
347 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *);
348 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *);
349 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
350 static void initial_return_save (rtx);
351 static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (rtx);
352 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int);
353 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
354 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx, bool);
355 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
356 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx);
357 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx, const char *);
359 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
360 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref);
361 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *,
362 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *);
363 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
364 (dw_cfa_location *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
365 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location *);
367 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
368 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
369 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
372 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
373 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
374 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
376 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
377 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
380 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
381 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
384 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
385 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
388 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
389 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
391 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
392 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
393 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
394 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
395 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
396 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
397 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
398 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
399 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
400 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
402 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
403 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
405 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
407 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
409 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
413 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
414 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
415 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
416 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
419 /* Hook used by __throw. */
422 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
424 unsigned int dwarf_regnum = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
425 return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum, 1));
428 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
429 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
432 stripattributes (const char *s)
434 char *stripped = XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s) + 2);
439 while (*s && *s != ',')
446 /* MEM is a memory reference for the register size table, each element of
447 which has mode MODE. Initialize column C as a return address column. */
450 init_return_column_size (enum machine_mode mode, rtx mem, unsigned int c)
452 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = c * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
453 HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (Pmode);
454 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
457 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
460 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address)
463 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
464 rtx addr = expand_normal (address);
465 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
466 bool wrote_return_column = false;
468 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
470 int rnum = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i), 1);
472 if (rnum < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
474 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = rnum * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
475 enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
478 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode))
479 save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true);
480 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
482 if (save_mode == VOIDmode)
484 wrote_return_column = true;
486 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
490 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset),
491 gen_int_mode (size, mode));
495 if (!wrote_return_column)
496 init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
498 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
499 init_return_column_size (mode, mem, DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN);
503 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
506 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc)
510 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
511 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
513 return "DW_CFA_offset";
515 return "DW_CFA_restore";
519 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
520 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
521 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
522 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
523 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
524 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
525 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
526 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
527 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
528 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
529 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
530 case DW_CFA_undefined:
531 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
532 case DW_CFA_same_value:
533 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
534 case DW_CFA_register:
535 return "DW_CFA_register";
536 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
537 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
538 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
539 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
541 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
542 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
543 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
544 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
545 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
548 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
549 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
550 case DW_CFA_expression:
551 return "DW_CFA_expression";
552 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
553 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
554 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
555 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
556 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
557 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
559 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
560 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
561 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
564 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
565 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
566 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
567 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
568 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
569 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
572 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
576 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
578 static inline dw_cfi_ref
581 dw_cfi_ref cfi = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node));
583 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
584 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
585 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
590 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
593 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *list_head, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
597 /* Find the end of the chain. */
598 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
604 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
607 dwarf2out_cfi_label (void)
609 static char label[20];
611 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++);
612 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
616 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
617 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
620 add_fde_cfi (const char *label, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
624 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
627 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
629 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
630 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
634 label = xstrdup (label);
636 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
638 /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise
639 set the location directly using set_loc. */
640 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = fde->dw_fde_current_label
641 ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4
643 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
644 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
646 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label;
649 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, cfi);
653 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head, cfi);
656 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
659 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_cfa_location *loc)
661 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
663 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
664 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
666 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
668 = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
670 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
671 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
674 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
675 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
677 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
678 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
680 = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
682 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
683 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
690 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
693 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *loc)
697 loc->reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
700 loc->base_offset = 0;
702 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
703 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
705 if (fde_table_in_use)
707 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
708 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
709 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
713 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
714 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
716 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
718 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
720 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
721 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size;
723 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
724 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size;
726 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
727 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
728 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
731 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
738 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
741 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
744 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location *loc1, const dw_cfa_location *loc2)
746 return (loc1->reg == loc2->reg
747 && loc1->offset == loc2->offset
748 && loc1->indirect == loc2->indirect
749 && (loc1->indirect == 0
750 || loc1->base_offset == loc2->base_offset));
753 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
754 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
757 def_cfa_1 (const char *label, dw_cfa_location *loc_p)
760 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
765 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
766 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
768 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
769 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
771 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
772 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc, &old_cfa))
777 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect)
779 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
780 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. */
783 HOST_WIDE_INT f_offset = loc.offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
784 gcc_assert (f_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == loc.offset);
786 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf;
787 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = f_offset;
791 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
792 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
796 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
797 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
798 && old_cfa.reg != INVALID_REGNUM
801 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
802 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
803 offset has not changed. */
804 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
805 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
809 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
811 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
812 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
813 the specified offset. */
816 HOST_WIDE_INT f_offset = loc.offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
817 gcc_assert (f_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == loc.offset);
819 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
820 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
821 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = f_offset;
825 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
826 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
827 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
832 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
833 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
834 register-offset pair is available. */
835 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
837 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
838 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc, 0);
839 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
842 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
845 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
846 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
847 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
848 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
851 reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, unsigned int sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
853 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
855 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
857 if (sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
860 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
862 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
864 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
866 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
868 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
869 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
870 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
872 HOST_WIDE_INT check_offset = offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
874 gcc_assert (check_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == offset);
877 offset /= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
879 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
881 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
883 else if (sreg == reg)
884 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_same_value;
887 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
888 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
891 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
894 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
895 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
896 from the previous frame's window save area.
898 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
899 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
902 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label)
904 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
906 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
907 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
910 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
911 pushed onto the stack. */
914 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT size)
918 if (size == old_args_size)
921 old_args_size = size;
924 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
925 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
926 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
929 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
930 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
933 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
935 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
938 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
939 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
942 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
944 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
947 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
948 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
951 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label, unsigned int sreg)
953 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg), 0);
956 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
957 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
960 initial_return_save (rtx rtl)
962 unsigned int reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
963 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
965 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
968 /* RA is in a register. */
969 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
973 /* RA is on the stack. */
975 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
978 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
983 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
984 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
988 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
989 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
999 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
1000 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
1001 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
1002 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT);
1003 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
1010 if (reg != DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
1011 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
1014 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1017 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1018 stack_adjust_offset (rtx pattern)
1020 rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
1021 rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
1022 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1025 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1027 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1028 code = GET_CODE (src);
1029 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
1030 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1031 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
1034 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1038 else if (MEM_P (dest))
1040 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1041 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
1042 code = GET_CODE (src);
1048 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1050 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
1051 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1052 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == PLUS
1053 && GET_CODE (val) == CONST_INT);
1054 offset = -INTVAL (val);
1061 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1063 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1070 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1072 offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1087 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1088 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1089 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1092 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1094 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1098 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1099 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1100 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1101 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1102 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn) || sibcall_epilogue_contains (insn))
1105 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1106 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1107 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1109 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1111 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1112 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1113 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1114 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1115 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1116 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1117 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL);
1118 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1123 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1125 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1126 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size);
1129 else if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1131 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1132 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1133 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1134 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1135 offset = -args_size;
1140 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1141 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn));
1142 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1143 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1145 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1147 for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1148 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1149 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i));
1157 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1158 cfa.offset += offset;
1160 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1164 args_size += offset;
1168 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1169 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1170 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1171 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1176 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1177 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1178 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1180 struct queued_reg_save GTY(())
1182 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1184 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset;
1188 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1190 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1191 struct reg_saved_in_data GTY(()) {
1196 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1197 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1198 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1199 more efficient data structure. */
1200 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs[4];
1201 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs;
1203 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1204 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1206 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1207 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1210 queue_reg_save (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1212 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1214 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1215 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1217 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q != NULL; q = q->next)
1218 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (reg))
1223 q = ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q));
1224 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1225 queued_reg_saves = q;
1229 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1230 q->saved_reg = sreg;
1232 last_reg_save_label = label;
1235 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1238 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1240 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1242 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1245 unsigned int reg, sreg;
1247 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1248 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (q->reg))
1250 if (q->saved_reg && i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1252 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1253 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1255 if (i != num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1257 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = q->reg;
1258 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = q->saved_reg;
1261 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->reg));
1263 sreg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->saved_reg));
1265 sreg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1266 reg_save (last_reg_save_label, reg, sreg, q->cfa_offset);
1269 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1270 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1273 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1274 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1275 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1276 have a new location for? */
1279 clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx insn)
1281 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1283 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1286 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1288 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1289 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg)
1290 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg, insn))
1297 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1300 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg)
1303 unsigned int regno, sregno;
1305 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1306 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (reg))
1308 if (i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1310 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1311 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1313 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = reg;
1314 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = sreg;
1316 regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1317 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg));
1318 reg_save (label, regno, sregno, 0);
1321 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1324 reg_saved_in (rtx reg)
1326 unsigned int regn = REGNO (reg);
1328 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1330 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1331 if (q->saved_reg && regn == REGNO (q->saved_reg))
1334 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1335 if (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg
1336 && regn == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg))
1337 return regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg;
1343 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1344 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1345 value, not an offset. */
1346 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1348 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1349 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1350 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1351 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1353 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1354 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1355 users need not read the source code.
1357 The High-Level Picture
1359 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1360 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1361 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1362 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1363 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1365 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1366 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1367 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1368 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1369 saves. This also seems to work.
1371 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1372 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1373 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1374 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1375 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1376 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
1377 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
1378 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
1379 value as in the caller.
1381 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1382 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1383 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1384 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1386 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
1389 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1391 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1392 consists of a register and an offset.
1393 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1394 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1395 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1396 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1397 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1398 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1399 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1401 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1402 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1403 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1406 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1407 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1408 and cfa_temp.offset.
1410 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1413 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1414 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1415 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1419 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1420 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1423 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1424 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1425 cfa.offset unchanged
1426 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1427 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1430 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1431 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1432 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1433 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1434 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1435 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1438 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1439 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1440 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1443 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1444 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1446 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1447 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1448 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1451 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1452 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1454 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1455 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1458 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1459 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1460 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1463 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1464 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1465 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1468 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1472 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1473 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1474 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1477 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1478 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1479 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1481 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1484 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1485 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1486 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1488 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1491 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1494 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1495 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1498 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1499 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1500 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1503 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1504 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1505 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1506 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
1509 (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
1510 effects: target-dependent */
1513 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr, const char *label)
1516 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1518 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1519 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1520 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1521 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1522 flag is set in them. */
1523 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1526 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
1529 /* PARALLELs have strict read-modify-write semantics, so we
1530 ought to evaluate every rvalue before changing any lvalue.
1531 It's cumbersome to do that in general, but there's an
1532 easy approximation that is enough for all current users:
1533 handle register saves before register assignments. */
1534 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL)
1535 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1537 elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
1538 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
1539 && MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem))
1540 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
1541 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
1544 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1546 elem = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
1547 if (GET_CODE (elem) == SET
1548 && (!MEM_P (SET_DEST (elem)) || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1549 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (elem) || par_index == 0))
1550 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (elem, label);
1555 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr) == SET);
1557 src = SET_SRC (expr);
1558 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
1562 rtx rsi = reg_saved_in (src);
1567 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
1570 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1572 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1574 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
1577 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1578 relative to the current CFA register.
1580 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1581 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1582 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1583 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1584 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1585 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1586 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1590 /* Saving a register in a register. */
1591 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs [REGNO (dest)]
1592 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
1593 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src))
1594 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN));
1595 queue_reg_save (label, src, dest, 0);
1602 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1606 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
1609 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1612 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1))
1614 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
1620 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1622 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1623 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
1624 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1626 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
1627 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1630 gcc_assert (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx);
1632 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1634 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1635 cfa.offset += offset;
1636 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1637 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1639 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1642 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1643 or adjusting the FP */
1644 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed);
1646 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1647 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1648 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT);
1649 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1650 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1652 cfa.offset += offset;
1653 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
1657 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS);
1660 if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1661 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1662 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1664 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1665 into the FP later on. */
1666 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1667 cfa.offset += offset;
1668 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1669 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1670 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1671 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1675 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1676 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1677 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1679 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1680 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1681 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1682 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
1683 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
1687 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
1688 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1690 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1691 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1700 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1701 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
1706 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1707 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1708 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT);
1710 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
1711 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1712 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1715 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1716 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1723 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
1724 gcc_assert (targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec);
1725 targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label, expr, XINT (src, 1));
1732 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1736 gcc_assert (REG_P (src));
1738 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1740 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1745 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1746 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1))
1748 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
1750 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1751 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1753 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1754 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1755 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1757 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1763 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1764 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
1767 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1768 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1770 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1771 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1772 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1774 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1778 /* With an offset. */
1785 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
1786 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
1787 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
1788 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
1791 regno = REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0));
1793 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
1794 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
1797 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
1798 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
1804 /* Without an offset. */
1807 int regno = REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0));
1809 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
1810 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1813 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
1814 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1821 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg
1822 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
1823 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1824 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1831 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1832 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1833 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
1835 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1837 if (cfa.offset == 0)
1839 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1840 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1842 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1843 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, NULL_RTX, offset);
1848 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1849 calculate the CFA. */
1850 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
1854 gcc_assert (REG_P (x));
1856 cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
1857 cfa.base_offset = offset;
1859 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1864 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1865 queue_reg_save (label, src, NULL_RTX, offset);
1873 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1874 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1875 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
1877 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
1878 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
1881 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1886 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
1890 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1891 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1893 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1896 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
1898 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1901 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
1903 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1905 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = NULL_RTX;
1906 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = NULL_RTX;
1908 num_regs_saved_in_regs = 0;
1912 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
1913 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1915 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1917 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1918 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn, after_p);
1922 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1923 src = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1925 insn = XEXP (src, 0);
1927 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1929 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
1934 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1935 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1936 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1938 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1939 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
1944 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
1945 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1947 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1948 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1949 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1950 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1951 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1952 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
1955 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1956 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1957 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1958 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1959 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
1960 case DW_CFA_undefined:
1961 case DW_CFA_same_value:
1962 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
1963 case DW_CFA_register:
1964 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1966 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
1967 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
1968 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
1969 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1971 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
1972 case DW_CFA_expression:
1973 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
1980 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1981 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1982 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1984 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1985 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
1989 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1990 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1992 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1993 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1994 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1996 case DW_CFA_register:
1997 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
2000 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
2004 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2006 /* Switch to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
2007 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic label
2011 switch_to_eh_frame_section (void)
2015 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
2016 if (eh_frame_section == 0)
2020 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY)
2026 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
2028 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
2030 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
2032 flags = ((! flag_pic
2033 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2034 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2035 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2036 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2037 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2038 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
2039 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE);
2042 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
2043 eh_frame_section = get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags, NULL);
2047 if (eh_frame_section)
2048 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section);
2051 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
2052 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
2053 switch_to_section (data_section);
2054 label = get_file_function_name ("F");
2055 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
2056 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file,
2057 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
2058 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
2062 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
2065 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_fde_ref fde, int for_eh)
2068 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
2069 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
2070 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
2071 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
2072 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
2073 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
2075 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2076 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
2077 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r);
2078 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2080 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
2082 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2083 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
2084 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r);
2088 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
2089 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
2091 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
2093 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
2095 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2096 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
2097 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
2100 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2101 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
2102 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2105 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
2106 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2107 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2108 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2111 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
2112 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2113 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2114 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2117 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
2118 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2119 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2120 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2123 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
2124 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2125 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2126 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2129 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2130 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2131 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2132 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2133 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2136 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2137 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2138 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2139 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2140 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2143 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
2144 case DW_CFA_undefined:
2145 case DW_CFA_same_value:
2146 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
2147 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2148 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2151 case DW_CFA_register:
2152 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2153 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2154 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2155 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2158 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
2159 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
2160 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2163 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
2164 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2167 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
2170 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
2171 case DW_CFA_expression:
2172 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
2175 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
2176 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
2185 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
2186 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
2187 location of saved registers. */
2190 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
2195 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
2196 bool any_lsda_needed = false;
2197 char augmentation[6];
2198 int augmentation_size;
2199 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2200 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2201 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2204 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
2205 if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
2208 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
2209 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
2210 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
2211 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
2212 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
2213 specialization doesn't. */
2214 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
2215 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
2217 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2218 if ((fde_table[i].nothrow || fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2219 && !fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda
2220 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2221 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde_table[i].decl,
2222 for_eh, /* empty */ 1);
2224 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
2225 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
2226 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
2227 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
2230 bool any_eh_needed = !flag_exceptions || flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables;
2232 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2233 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
2234 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
2235 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2236 any_eh_needed = true;
2237 else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow
2238 && ! fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2239 any_eh_needed = true;
2241 if (! any_eh_needed)
2245 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
2250 switch_to_eh_frame_section ();
2253 if (!debug_frame_section)
2254 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
2255 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
2256 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section);
2259 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
2260 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
2262 /* Output the CIE. */
2263 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
2264 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
2265 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
2266 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
2267 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
2268 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
2269 "Length of Common Information Entry");
2270 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
2272 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
2273 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
2274 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
2275 (for_eh ? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID),
2276 "CIE Identifier Tag");
2278 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION, "CIE Version");
2280 augmentation[0] = 0;
2281 augmentation_size = 0;
2287 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
2288 augmentation section.
2289 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
2290 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
2291 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
2293 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
2294 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
2296 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
2297 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
2298 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
2300 p = augmentation + 1;
2301 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2304 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
2306 if (any_lsda_needed)
2309 augmentation_size += 1;
2311 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2314 augmentation_size += 1;
2316 if (p > augmentation + 1)
2318 augmentation[0] = 'z';
2322 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2323 if (eh_personality_libfunc && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2325 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2327 + 1 /* CIE version */
2328 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2329 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2330 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
2332 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2333 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2334 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2336 augmentation_size += pad;
2338 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2339 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2340 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) == 1);
2344 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2345 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2346 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
2347 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2349 return_reg = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, for_eh);
2350 if (DW_CIE_VERSION == 1)
2351 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
2353 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
2355 if (augmentation[0])
2357 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
2358 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2360 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
2361 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
2362 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
2363 eh_personality_libfunc,
2367 if (any_lsda_needed)
2368 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2369 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
2371 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2372 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2373 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
2376 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2377 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
2379 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2380 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2381 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
2382 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2384 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2385 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2387 fde = &fde_table[i];
2389 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2390 if (for_eh && !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && flag_exceptions
2391 && (fde->nothrow || fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2392 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2393 && !fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2396 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, for_eh, /* empty */ 0);
2397 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2398 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2399 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2400 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
2401 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
2402 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
2403 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
2405 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
2408 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
2410 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
2411 debug_frame_section, "FDE CIE offset");
2415 rtx sym_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, fde->dw_fde_begin);
2416 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2417 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding,
2420 "FDE initial location");
2421 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
2423 rtx sym_ref2 = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode,
2424 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label);
2425 rtx sym_ref3= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode,
2426 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label);
2427 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref2) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2428 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref3) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2429 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref3, false,
2430 "FDE initial location");
2431 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2432 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
2433 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
2434 "FDE address range");
2435 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref2, false,
2436 "FDE initial location");
2437 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2438 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
2439 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
2440 "FDE address range");
2443 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2444 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2445 "FDE address range");
2449 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2450 "FDE initial location");
2451 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
2453 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2454 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
2455 "FDE initial location");
2456 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2457 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
2458 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
2459 "FDE address range");
2460 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2461 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
2462 "FDE initial location");
2463 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2464 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
2465 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
2466 "FDE address range");
2469 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2470 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2471 "FDE address range");
2474 if (augmentation[0])
2476 if (any_lsda_needed)
2478 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
2480 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2482 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2483 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2484 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
2485 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2486 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2489 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size) == 1);
2492 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
2494 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2496 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, "LLSDA",
2497 fde->funcdef_number);
2498 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2499 lsda_encoding, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
2500 false, "Language Specific Data Area");
2504 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2505 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
2507 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
2508 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2512 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2515 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2517 fde->dw_fde_current_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
2518 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2519 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
2521 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2522 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2523 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
2524 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2527 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
2528 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2529 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2530 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2531 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2532 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
2535 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2540 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2544 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2545 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2547 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2551 current_function_func_begin_label = NULL;
2553 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2554 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2555 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2557 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
2558 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2561 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2565 switch_to_section (function_section (current_function_decl));
2566 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2567 current_function_funcdef_no);
2568 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2569 current_function_funcdef_no);
2570 dup_label = xstrdup (label);
2571 current_function_func_begin_label = dup_label;
2573 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2574 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2575 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2579 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2580 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
2582 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2583 fde_table = ggc_realloc (fde_table,
2584 fde_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2585 memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
2586 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2589 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2590 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
2592 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2593 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
2594 fde->decl = current_function_decl;
2595 fde->dw_fde_begin = dup_label;
2596 fde->dw_fde_current_label = dup_label;
2597 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = NULL;
2598 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = NULL;
2599 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = NULL;
2600 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = NULL;
2601 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = false;
2602 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
2603 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
2604 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
2605 fde->nothrow = TREE_NOTHROW (current_function_decl);
2606 fde->uses_eh_lsda = cfun->uses_eh_lsda;
2607 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = cfun->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
2609 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
2611 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2612 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2613 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2615 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file);
2619 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2620 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2624 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2625 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2628 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2630 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2632 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
2633 current_function_funcdef_no);
2634 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
2635 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
2636 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
2640 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
2642 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2643 fde_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2644 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2645 fde_table_in_use = 0;
2647 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2648 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2650 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2651 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
2653 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2654 if (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2655 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
2660 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
2662 /* Output call frame information. */
2663 if (DWARF2_FRAME_INFO)
2664 output_call_frame_info (0);
2666 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2667 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
2668 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
2669 output_call_frame_info (1);
2674 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2675 for emitting location expressions. */
2677 /* Data about a single source file. */
2678 struct dwarf_file_data GTY(())
2680 const char * filename;
2684 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2685 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2686 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2689 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
2690 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
2691 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
2692 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
2694 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2695 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2696 implementation are listed below. */
2701 dw_val_class_offset,
2703 dw_val_class_loc_list,
2704 dw_val_class_range_list,
2706 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
2707 dw_val_class_long_long,
2710 dw_val_class_die_ref,
2711 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
2712 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
2713 dw_val_class_lineptr,
2715 dw_val_class_macptr,
2719 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2720 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2722 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct GTY(())
2729 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
2731 typedef struct dw_vec_struct GTY(())
2733 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
2739 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2740 represented internally. */
2742 typedef struct dw_val_struct GTY(())
2744 enum dw_val_class val_class;
2745 union dw_val_struct_union
2747 rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
2748 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
2749 dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
2750 dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
2751 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((default)) val_int;
2752 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
2753 dw_long_long_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long;
2754 dw_vec_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec;
2755 struct dw_val_die_union
2759 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
2760 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
2761 struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
2762 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
2763 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
2764 struct dwarf_file_data * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file;
2766 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
2770 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2773 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct GTY(())
2775 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
2776 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc;
2777 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
2778 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
2783 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2784 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2785 their entire life. */
2786 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct GTY(())
2788 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
2789 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
2790 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
2791 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2792 Only on head of list */
2793 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2794 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
2797 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2799 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned);
2800 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom,
2801 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
2802 static void add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref);
2803 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2804 static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2805 static void output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2806 static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2808 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2811 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op)
2816 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
2817 return "DW_OP_addr";
2819 return "DW_OP_deref";
2821 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2823 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2825 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2827 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2829 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2831 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2833 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2835 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2837 return "DW_OP_constu";
2839 return "DW_OP_consts";
2843 return "DW_OP_drop";
2845 return "DW_OP_over";
2847 return "DW_OP_pick";
2849 return "DW_OP_swap";
2853 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2861 return "DW_OP_minus";
2873 return "DW_OP_plus";
2874 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2875 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2881 return "DW_OP_shra";
2899 return "DW_OP_skip";
2901 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2903 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2905 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2907 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2909 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2911 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2913 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2915 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2917 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2919 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2921 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2923 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2925 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2927 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2929 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2931 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2933 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2935 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2937 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2939 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2941 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2943 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2945 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2947 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2949 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2951 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2953 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2955 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2957 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2959 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2961 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2963 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2965 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2967 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2969 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2971 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2973 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2975 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2977 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2979 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2981 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2983 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2985 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2987 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2989 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2991 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2993 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2995 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2997 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2999 return "DW_OP_reg17";
3001 return "DW_OP_reg18";
3003 return "DW_OP_reg19";
3005 return "DW_OP_reg20";
3007 return "DW_OP_reg21";
3009 return "DW_OP_reg22";
3011 return "DW_OP_reg23";
3013 return "DW_OP_reg24";
3015 return "DW_OP_reg25";
3017 return "DW_OP_reg26";
3019 return "DW_OP_reg27";
3021 return "DW_OP_reg28";
3023 return "DW_OP_reg29";
3025 return "DW_OP_reg30";
3027 return "DW_OP_reg31";
3029 return "DW_OP_breg0";
3031 return "DW_OP_breg1";
3033 return "DW_OP_breg2";
3035 return "DW_OP_breg3";
3037 return "DW_OP_breg4";
3039 return "DW_OP_breg5";
3041 return "DW_OP_breg6";
3043 return "DW_OP_breg7";
3045 return "DW_OP_breg8";
3047 return "DW_OP_breg9";
3049 return "DW_OP_breg10";
3051 return "DW_OP_breg11";
3053 return "DW_OP_breg12";
3055 return "DW_OP_breg13";
3057 return "DW_OP_breg14";
3059 return "DW_OP_breg15";
3061 return "DW_OP_breg16";
3063 return "DW_OP_breg17";
3065 return "DW_OP_breg18";
3067 return "DW_OP_breg19";
3069 return "DW_OP_breg20";
3071 return "DW_OP_breg21";
3073 return "DW_OP_breg22";
3075 return "DW_OP_breg23";
3077 return "DW_OP_breg24";
3079 return "DW_OP_breg25";
3081 return "DW_OP_breg26";
3083 return "DW_OP_breg27";
3085 return "DW_OP_breg28";
3087 return "DW_OP_breg29";
3089 return "DW_OP_breg30";
3091 return "DW_OP_breg31";
3093 return "DW_OP_regx";
3095 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
3097 return "DW_OP_bregx";
3099 return "DW_OP_piece";
3100 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3101 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
3102 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3103 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
3106 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
3107 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
3109 return "DW_OP_call2";
3111 return "DW_OP_call4";
3112 case DW_OP_call_ref:
3113 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
3114 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
3115 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
3117 return "OP_<unknown>";
3121 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
3122 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
3123 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
3125 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
3126 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1,
3127 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2)
3129 dw_loc_descr_ref descr = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
3131 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
3132 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
3133 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
3134 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
3135 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
3140 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
3143 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
3145 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
3147 /* Find the end of the chain. */
3148 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
3154 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
3156 static unsigned long
3157 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3159 unsigned long size = 1;
3161 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
3164 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
3165 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
3184 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3187 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3192 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3193 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3231 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3234 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3237 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3240 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3241 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
3244 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3246 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3247 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3256 case DW_OP_call_ref:
3257 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
3266 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
3268 static unsigned long
3269 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3274 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
3275 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
3276 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
3278 if (l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_skip || l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bra)
3280 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
3285 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
3287 l->dw_loc_addr = size;
3288 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
3294 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
3297 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3299 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
3300 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
3302 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
3304 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3306 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
3310 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3314 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3318 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG >= 64);
3319 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3326 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
3327 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
3329 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
3342 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
3343 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
3344 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
3345 only doing unwinding. */
3350 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3353 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3356 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3359 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3361 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3362 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3396 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3399 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3402 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3405 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3406 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
3409 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3411 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3412 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3413 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3416 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
3417 if (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
3419 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file,
3422 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3429 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3434 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3437 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3439 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
3441 /* Output the opcode. */
3442 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
3443 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
3445 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3446 output_loc_operands (loc);
3450 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3451 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3454 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
3456 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
3459 /* Output the size of the block. */
3460 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
3461 size = size_of_locs (loc);
3462 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
3464 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3465 output_loc_sequence (loc);
3468 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
3469 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
3472 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
3473 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
3475 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
3477 offset += cfa->offset;
3481 if (cfa->base_offset)
3484 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset, 0);
3486 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
3488 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
3489 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
3491 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
3493 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
3494 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
3495 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3498 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
3499 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3506 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
3508 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
3509 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
3510 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, offset, 0);
3512 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, offset);
3518 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3519 descriptor sequence. */
3522 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *cfa, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc)
3524 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
3526 cfa->base_offset = 0;
3530 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
3532 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
3568 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
3571 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3605 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
3606 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3609 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3610 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
3615 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3616 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
3619 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
3620 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
3624 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3626 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3627 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3629 /* .debug_str support. */
3630 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
3632 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
3633 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
3634 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
3635 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
3636 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
3637 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
3638 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3639 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3640 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree);
3641 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree);
3642 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree, int);
3643 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree, tree);
3644 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
3645 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx);
3646 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree);
3647 static void dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void);
3649 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3651 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
3657 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
3658 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
3659 dwarf2out_begin_block,
3660 dwarf2out_end_block,
3661 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
3662 dwarf2out_source_line,
3663 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
3664 debug_nothing_int_charstar, /* end_prologue */
3665 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
3666 dwarf2out_begin_function,
3667 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
3668 dwarf2out_decl, /* function_decl */
3669 dwarf2out_global_decl,
3670 dwarf2out_type_decl, /* type_decl */
3671 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl,
3672 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
3673 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3674 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3675 something tries to reference them. */
3676 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
3677 debug_nothing_rtx, /* label */
3678 debug_nothing_int, /* handle_pch */
3679 dwarf2out_var_location,
3680 dwarf2out_switch_text_section,
3681 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
3685 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3686 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3687 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3689 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3690 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3691 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3692 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3694 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3695 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3697 typedef long int dw_offset;
3699 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3701 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
3702 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
3703 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
3704 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
3705 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
3707 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3708 line number associated with the label generated for that
3709 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3710 the line number entry. */
3712 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct GTY(())
3714 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3715 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3719 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3721 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct GTY(())
3723 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3724 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3725 unsigned long function;
3727 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
3729 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3730 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3731 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3733 typedef struct dw_attr_struct GTY(())
3735 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
3736 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
3740 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node);
3741 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node,gc);
3743 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
3744 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
3745 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
3747 typedef struct die_struct GTY(())
3749 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
3751 VEC(dw_attr_node,gc) * die_attr;
3752 dw_die_ref die_parent;
3753 dw_die_ref die_child;
3755 dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
3756 dw_offset die_offset;
3757 unsigned long die_abbrev;
3759 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
3760 int die_perennial_p;
3761 unsigned int decl_id;
3765 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
3766 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
3767 c = die->die_child; \
3771 } while (c != die->die_child); \
3774 /* The pubname structure */
3776 typedef struct pubname_struct GTY(())
3783 DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry);
3784 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry, gc);
3786 struct dw_ranges_struct GTY(())
3791 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3792 typedef struct limbo_die_struct GTY(())
3796 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
3800 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3801 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3802 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3805 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3806 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3808 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3809 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3810 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3811 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3812 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3813 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3815 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3816 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3817 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3818 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3819 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3820 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3821 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3822 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3823 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3824 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3826 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3827 language, and compiler version. */
3829 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3830 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3831 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3833 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3834 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3836 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3837 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3838 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3839 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3840 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3842 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3843 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3844 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3845 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3846 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3847 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3849 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3850 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3851 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3852 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3854 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3858 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3859 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3860 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3862 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3863 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3865 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3866 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3868 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3869 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3870 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3871 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3872 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3874 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3875 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3876 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3877 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
3880 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3881 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
3883 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3884 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
3886 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3887 static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data))) htab_t file_table;
3889 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
3890 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
3891 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t decl_die_table;
3893 /* Node of the variable location list. */
3894 struct var_loc_node GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next")))
3896 rtx GTY (()) var_loc_note;
3897 const char * GTY (()) label;
3898 const char * GTY (()) section_label;
3899 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) next;
3902 /* Variable location list. */
3903 struct var_loc_list_def GTY (())
3905 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) first;
3907 /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because
3908 it is marked through the chain. */
3909 struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last;
3911 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
3912 unsigned int decl_id;
3914 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list;
3917 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
3918 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list))) htab_t decl_loc_table;
3920 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3921 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3922 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3923 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3924 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
3926 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3927 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
3929 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3930 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
3932 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3933 abbrev_die_table. */
3934 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3936 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3937 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3938 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3939 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
3941 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3942 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
3944 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3945 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
3947 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
3948 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections = false;
3950 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3951 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3952 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3953 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
3955 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3956 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
3958 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3959 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
3961 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3963 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3965 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3966 accessible names. */
3967 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubname_table;
3969 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3970 accessible types. */
3971 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubtype_table;
3973 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3974 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table;
3976 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3977 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated;
3979 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3980 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use;
3982 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3984 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3986 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3987 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
3989 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3990 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
3992 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3993 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
3995 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3997 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3999 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
4000 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists;
4002 /* Unique label counter. */
4003 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num;
4005 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4006 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
4007 static int current_function_has_inlines;
4009 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
4010 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
4013 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
4014 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * last_emitted_file;
4016 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
4017 static GTY(()) int label_num;
4019 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
4020 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * file_table_last_lookup;
4022 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4024 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
4025 within the current function. */
4026 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset;
4028 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
4030 static int is_pseudo_reg (rtx);
4031 static tree type_main_variant (tree);
4032 static int is_tagged_type (tree);
4033 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
4034 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
4035 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
4036 static tree decl_ultimate_origin (tree);
4037 static tree block_ultimate_origin (tree);
4038 static tree decl_class_context (tree);
4039 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref);
4040 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref);
4041 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
4042 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref);
4043 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT);
4044 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref);
4045 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
4046 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref);
4047 static void add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned long,
4049 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned int,
4050 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
4051 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
4052 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
4053 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
4054 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref);
4055 static int AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref);
4056 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref);
4057 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4058 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref);
4059 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref);
4060 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int);
4061 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
4062 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref);
4063 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref);
4064 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
4066 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref);
4067 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx);
4068 static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref);
4069 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
4070 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
4071 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
4072 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
4073 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
4074 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
4076 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref);
4077 static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4078 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref);
4079 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref);
4080 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4081 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4082 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4083 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4084 static bool is_c_family (void);
4085 static bool is_cxx (void);
4086 static bool is_java (void);
4087 static bool is_fortran (void);
4088 static bool is_ada (void);
4089 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4090 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_tag);
4091 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4092 static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
4093 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
4094 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4095 static hashval_t decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
4096 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
4097 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree);
4098 static hashval_t decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
4099 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
4100 static var_loc_list *lookup_decl_loc (tree);
4101 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4102 static void add_var_loc_to_decl (tree, struct var_loc_node *);
4103 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
4104 static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
4105 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
4106 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4107 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
4108 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
4109 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
4110 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
4111 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *);
4112 static int same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node *, dw_val_node *, int *);
4113 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *);
4114 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *);
4115 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4116 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref);
4117 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref);
4118 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref);
4119 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref);
4120 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref);
4121 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref);
4122 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *);
4123 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
4124 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
4125 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *);
4126 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned);
4127 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref);
4128 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref);
4129 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref);
4130 static int constant_size (long unsigned);
4131 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
4132 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
4133 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
4134 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
4135 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
4136 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
4137 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
4138 static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref);
4139 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref);
4140 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
4141 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref);
4142 static void output_die (dw_die_ref);
4143 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
4144 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int);
4145 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int);
4146 static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref);
4147 static void add_pubtype (tree, dw_die_ref);
4148 static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
4149 static void add_arange (tree, dw_die_ref);
4150 static void output_aranges (void);
4151 static unsigned int add_ranges (tree);
4152 static void output_ranges (void);
4153 static void output_line_info (void);
4154 static void output_file_names (void);
4155 static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
4156 static int is_base_type (tree);
4157 static bool is_subrange_type (tree);
4158 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4159 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
4160 static int type_is_enum (tree);
4161 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (rtx);
4162 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *, int);
4163 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx);
4164 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int);
4165 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx);
4166 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
4167 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT);
4168 static int is_based_loc (rtx);
4169 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode);
4170 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx);
4171 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx);
4172 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree, int);
4173 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree);
4174 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
4175 static tree field_type (tree);
4176 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (tree);
4177 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree);
4178 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (tree);
4179 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (tree);
4180 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
4182 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4183 static void add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx);
4184 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned, unsigned char *);
4185 static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
4186 static void insert_float (rtx, unsigned char *);
4187 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
4188 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree,
4189 enum dwarf_attribute);
4190 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4191 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
4192 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
4193 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree);
4194 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree);
4195 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4196 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4197 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4198 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4199 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4200 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4201 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
4202 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
4203 static void push_decl_scope (tree);
4204 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
4205 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref);
4206 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
4207 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
4208 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
4209 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4210 static const char *type_tag (tree);
4211 static tree member_declared_type (tree);
4213 static const char *decl_start_label (tree);
4215 static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4217 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4219 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4220 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4221 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4222 static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4223 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4224 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4225 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4226 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4227 static void gen_variable_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4228 static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4229 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4230 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4231 static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4232 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4233 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
4234 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
4235 static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4236 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4237 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4238 static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4239 static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4240 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4241 static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4242 static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4243 static int is_redundant_typedef (tree);
4244 static void gen_namespace_die (tree);
4245 static void gen_decl_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4246 static dw_die_ref force_decl_die (tree);
4247 static dw_die_ref force_type_die (tree);
4248 static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref);
4249 static void declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref);
4250 static struct dwarf_file_data * lookup_filename (const char *);
4251 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
4252 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
4253 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4254 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
4255 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *,
4256 const char *, const char *, unsigned);
4257 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref,
4258 const char *, const char *,
4260 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref);
4261 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
4263 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
4264 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int);
4265 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref);
4266 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref);
4267 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref);
4268 static void prune_unused_types (void);
4269 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data *fd);
4271 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
4272 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
4273 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
4275 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
4276 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
4278 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
4279 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
4281 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
4282 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
4284 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
4285 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
4287 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
4288 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
4290 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
4291 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
4293 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
4294 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
4296 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
4297 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
4300 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
4301 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4302 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
4305 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
4306 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
4307 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants \
4308 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
4311 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
4312 the section names themselves. */
4314 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4315 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
4317 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4318 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
4320 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
4321 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
4323 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
4324 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
4326 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
4327 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
4329 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
4330 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
4332 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
4333 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
4335 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
4336 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
4339 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
4340 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
4341 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
4342 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
4343 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
4345 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4346 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4347 static char cold_text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4348 static char cold_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4349 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4350 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4351 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4352 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4353 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4354 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4356 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
4357 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
4359 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
4360 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
4362 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
4363 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
4365 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
4366 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
4368 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
4369 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
4371 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
4372 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
4375 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
4376 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
4378 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *);
4381 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *))
4383 demangle_name_func = func;
4386 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
4389 is_pseudo_reg (rtx rtl)
4391 return ((REG_P (rtl) && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
4392 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
4393 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
4396 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
4400 type_main_variant (tree type)
4402 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
4404 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
4405 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
4406 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
4407 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
4409 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
4410 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
4411 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
4416 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
4419 is_tagged_type (tree type)
4421 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
4423 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
4424 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
4427 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
4430 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag)
4434 case DW_TAG_padding:
4435 return "DW_TAG_padding";
4436 case DW_TAG_array_type:
4437 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
4438 case DW_TAG_class_type:
4439 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
4440 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
4441 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
4442 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
4443 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
4444 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
4445 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
4446 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
4447 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
4449 return "DW_TAG_label";
4450 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
4451 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
4453 return "DW_TAG_member";
4454 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
4455 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
4456 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
4457 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
4458 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
4459 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
4460 case DW_TAG_string_type:
4461 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
4462 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
4463 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
4464 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
4465 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
4466 case DW_TAG_typedef:
4467 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
4468 case DW_TAG_union_type:
4469 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
4470 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
4471 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4472 case DW_TAG_variant:
4473 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4474 case DW_TAG_common_block:
4475 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4476 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
4477 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4478 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
4479 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4480 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
4481 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4483 return "DW_TAG_module";
4484 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
4485 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4486 case DW_TAG_set_type:
4487 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4488 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
4489 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4490 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
4491 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4492 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
4493 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4494 case DW_TAG_base_type:
4495 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4496 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
4497 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4498 case DW_TAG_const_type:
4499 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4500 case DW_TAG_constant:
4501 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4502 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
4503 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4504 case DW_TAG_file_type:
4505 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4507 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4508 case DW_TAG_namelist:
4509 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4510 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
4511 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4512 case DW_TAG_namespace:
4513 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
4514 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
4515 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4516 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
4517 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4518 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
4519 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4520 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
4521 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4522 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
4523 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4524 case DW_TAG_try_block:
4525 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4526 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
4527 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4528 case DW_TAG_variable:
4529 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4530 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
4531 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4532 case DW_TAG_imported_module:
4533 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
4534 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
4535 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4536 case DW_TAG_format_label:
4537 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4538 case DW_TAG_function_template:
4539 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4540 case DW_TAG_class_template:
4541 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4542 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
4543 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4544 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
4545 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4547 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4551 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4554 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr)
4559 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4560 case DW_AT_location:
4561 return "DW_AT_location";
4563 return "DW_AT_name";
4564 case DW_AT_ordering:
4565 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4566 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
4567 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4568 case DW_AT_byte_size:
4569 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4570 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
4571 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4572 case DW_AT_bit_size:
4573 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4574 case DW_AT_element_list:
4575 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4576 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
4577 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4579 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4581 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4582 case DW_AT_language:
4583 return "DW_AT_language";
4585 return "DW_AT_member";
4587 return "DW_AT_discr";
4588 case DW_AT_discr_value:
4589 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4590 case DW_AT_visibility:
4591 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4593 return "DW_AT_import";
4594 case DW_AT_string_length:
4595 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4596 case DW_AT_common_reference:
4597 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4598 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
4599 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4600 case DW_AT_const_value:
4601 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4602 case DW_AT_containing_type:
4603 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4604 case DW_AT_default_value:
4605 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4607 return "DW_AT_inline";
4608 case DW_AT_is_optional:
4609 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4610 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
4611 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4612 case DW_AT_producer:
4613 return "DW_AT_producer";
4614 case DW_AT_prototyped:
4615 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4616 case DW_AT_return_addr:
4617 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4618 case DW_AT_start_scope:
4619 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4620 case DW_AT_stride_size:
4621 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4622 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
4623 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4624 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
4625 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4626 case DW_AT_accessibility:
4627 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4628 case DW_AT_address_class:
4629 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4630 case DW_AT_artificial:
4631 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4632 case DW_AT_base_types:
4633 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4634 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
4635 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4637 return "DW_AT_count";
4638 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
4639 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4640 case DW_AT_decl_column:
4641 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4642 case DW_AT_decl_file:
4643 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4644 case DW_AT_decl_line:
4645 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4646 case DW_AT_declaration:
4647 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4648 case DW_AT_discr_list:
4649 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4650 case DW_AT_encoding:
4651 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4652 case DW_AT_external:
4653 return "DW_AT_external";
4654 case DW_AT_frame_base:
4655 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4657 return "DW_AT_friend";
4658 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
4659 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4660 case DW_AT_macro_info:
4661 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4662 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
4663 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4664 case DW_AT_priority:
4665 return "DW_AT_priority";
4667 return "DW_AT_segment";
4668 case DW_AT_specification:
4669 return "DW_AT_specification";
4670 case DW_AT_static_link:
4671 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4673 return "DW_AT_type";
4674 case DW_AT_use_location:
4675 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4676 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
4677 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4678 case DW_AT_virtuality:
4679 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4680 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
4681 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4683 case DW_AT_allocated:
4684 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4685 case DW_AT_associated:
4686 return "DW_AT_associated";
4687 case DW_AT_data_location:
4688 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4690 return "DW_AT_stride";
4691 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
4692 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4693 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
4694 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4695 case DW_AT_extension:
4696 return "DW_AT_extension";
4698 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4699 case DW_AT_trampoline:
4700 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4701 case DW_AT_call_column:
4702 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4703 case DW_AT_call_file:
4704 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4705 case DW_AT_call_line:
4706 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4708 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
4709 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4710 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
4711 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4712 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
4713 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4714 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
4715 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4716 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
4717 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4718 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
4719 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4720 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
4721 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4722 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
4723 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4724 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
4725 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4726 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
4727 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4728 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
4729 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4731 case DW_AT_sf_names:
4732 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4733 case DW_AT_src_info:
4734 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4735 case DW_AT_mac_info:
4736 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4737 case DW_AT_src_coords:
4738 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4739 case DW_AT_body_begin:
4740 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4741 case DW_AT_body_end:
4742 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4743 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
4744 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4746 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
4747 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4750 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4754 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4757 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form)
4762 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4763 case DW_FORM_block2:
4764 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4765 case DW_FORM_block4:
4766 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4768 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4770 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4772 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4773 case DW_FORM_string:
4774 return "DW_FORM_string";
4776 return "DW_FORM_block";
4777 case DW_FORM_block1:
4778 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4780 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4782 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4784 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4786 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4788 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4789 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
4790 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4792 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4794 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4796 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4798 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4799 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
4800 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4801 case DW_FORM_indirect:
4802 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4804 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4808 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4809 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4810 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4811 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4815 decl_ultimate_origin (tree decl)
4817 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl), TS_DECL_COMMON))
4820 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4821 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4822 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4823 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
4826 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4827 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4828 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)));
4830 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
4833 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4834 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4835 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4836 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4840 block_ultimate_origin (tree block)
4842 tree immediate_origin = BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block);
4844 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4845 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4846 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4847 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block) && immediate_origin == block)
4850 if (immediate_origin == NULL_TREE)
4855 tree lookahead = immediate_origin;
4859 ret_val = lookahead;
4860 lookahead = (TREE_CODE (ret_val) == BLOCK
4861 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val) : NULL);
4863 while (lookahead != NULL && lookahead != ret_val);
4865 /* The block's abstract origin chain may not be the *ultimate* origin of
4866 the block. It could lead to a DECL that has an abstract origin set.
4867 If so, we want that DECL's abstract origin (which is what DECL_ORIGIN
4868 will give us if it has one). Note that DECL's abstract origins are
4869 supposed to be the most distant ancestor (or so decl_ultimate_origin
4870 claims), so we don't need to loop following the DECL origins. */
4871 if (DECL_P (ret_val))
4872 return DECL_ORIGIN (ret_val);
4878 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4879 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4883 decl_class_context (tree decl)
4885 tree context = NULL_TREE;
4887 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
4888 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
4890 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4891 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
4893 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
4894 context = NULL_TREE;
4899 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
4902 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr)
4904 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
4908 if (die->die_attr == NULL)
4909 die->die_attr = VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node, gc, 1);
4910 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node, gc, die->die_attr, attr);
4913 static inline enum dw_val_class
4914 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a)
4916 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
4919 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4922 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag)
4926 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4927 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
4928 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
4929 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4932 static inline unsigned
4933 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a)
4935 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag);
4936 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
4939 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4942 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val)
4946 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4947 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
4948 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
4949 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4952 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
4953 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a)
4955 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const);
4956 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
4959 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4962 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4963 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val)
4967 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4968 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4969 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
4970 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4973 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4974 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a)
4976 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const);
4977 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
4980 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4983 add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4984 long unsigned int val_hi, long unsigned int val_low)
4988 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4989 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_long_long;
4990 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi = val_hi;
4991 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low = val_low;
4992 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4995 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4998 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4999 unsigned int length, unsigned int elt_size, unsigned char *array)
5003 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5004 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
5005 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length = length;
5006 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
5007 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array = array;
5008 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5011 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
5014 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x)
5016 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
5020 debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2)
5022 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
5023 (const char *)x2) == 0;
5026 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
5029 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str)
5032 struct indirect_string_node *node;
5035 if (! debug_str_hash)
5036 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
5037 debug_str_eq, NULL);
5039 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
5040 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
5042 *slot = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node));
5043 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
5044 node->str = ggc_strdup (str);
5047 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5048 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
5049 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
5050 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5053 static inline const char *
5054 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
5056 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
5057 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
5060 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
5061 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
5064 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a)
5066 struct indirect_string_node *node;
5070 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
5072 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
5076 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
5078 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
5079 always better to put it inline. */
5080 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
5081 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
5083 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
5084 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
5086 if ((debug_str_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
5087 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len)
5088 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
5090 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
5091 ++dw2_string_counter;
5092 node->label = xstrdup (label);
5094 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
5097 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
5100 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die)
5104 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5105 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
5106 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
5107 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
5108 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5111 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
5112 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
5115 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die)
5117 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die);
5118 gcc_assert (!targ_die->die_definition);
5119 targ_die->die_definition = die;
5122 static inline dw_die_ref
5123 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a)
5125 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
5126 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
5130 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a)
5132 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
5133 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
5139 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i)
5141 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
5142 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
5145 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
5148 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde)
5152 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5153 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
5154 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
5155 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5158 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
5161 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5165 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5166 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
5167 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
5168 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5171 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
5172 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a)
5174 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
5175 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
5179 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list)
5183 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5184 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
5185 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
5186 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5187 have_location_lists = true;
5190 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
5191 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a)
5193 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
5194 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
5197 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
5200 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr)
5204 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5205 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
5206 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
5207 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5210 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
5213 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a)
5215 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr);
5216 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
5219 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
5222 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5223 struct dwarf_file_data *fd)
5227 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5228 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_file;
5229 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_file = fd;
5230 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5233 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
5235 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
5236 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a)
5238 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_file);
5239 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file;
5242 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
5245 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id)
5249 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5250 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
5251 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
5252 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5255 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
5256 debug_line section. */
5259 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5264 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5265 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lineptr;
5266 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
5267 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5270 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
5271 debug_macinfo section. */
5274 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5279 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5280 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_macptr;
5281 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
5282 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5285 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
5288 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5289 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
5293 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5294 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
5295 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
5296 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5299 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
5302 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5303 long unsigned int offset)
5307 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5308 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
5309 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
5310 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5313 static inline const char *
5314 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a)
5316 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
5317 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lineptr
5318 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_macptr));
5319 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
5322 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
5325 get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5329 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
5334 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
5335 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
5337 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
5338 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
5342 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
5347 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5348 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5349 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5351 static inline const char *
5352 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die)
5354 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
5356 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
5359 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5360 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5361 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5363 static inline const char *
5364 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die)
5366 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
5368 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
5371 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
5372 NULL if it is not present. */
5374 static inline const char *
5375 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5377 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5379 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
5382 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
5383 if it is not present. */
5386 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5388 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5390 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
5393 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
5394 if it is not present. */
5396 static inline unsigned
5397 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5399 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5401 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
5404 static inline dw_die_ref
5405 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5407 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5409 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
5412 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
5413 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5415 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5417 return a ? AT_file (a) : NULL;
5420 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
5425 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5427 return (lang == DW_LANG_C || lang == DW_LANG_C89 || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC
5428 || lang == DW_LANG_C99
5429 || lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus);
5432 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
5437 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5439 return lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
5442 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
5447 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5449 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77
5450 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90
5451 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran95);
5454 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
5459 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5461 return lang == DW_LANG_Java;
5464 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
5469 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5471 return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83;
5474 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5477 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5485 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
5486 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
5488 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
5489 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
5490 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
5492 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
5494 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix);
5499 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
5500 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
5503 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
5505 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == prev->die_parent);
5506 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == child);
5509 gcc_assert (child->die_parent->die_child == child);
5513 prev->die_sib = child->die_sib;
5514 if (child->die_parent->die_child == child)
5515 child->die_parent->die_child = prev;
5518 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
5522 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_tag tag)
5528 dw_die_ref prev = c;
5530 while (c->die_tag == tag)
5532 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
5533 /* Might have removed every child. */
5534 if (c == c->die_sib)
5538 } while (c != die->die_child);
5541 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
5544 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die)
5546 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
5547 if (! die || ! child_die)
5549 gcc_assert (die != child_die);
5551 child_die->die_parent = die;
5554 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child->die_sib;
5555 die->die_child->die_sib = child_die;
5558 child_die->die_sib = child_die;
5559 die->die_child = child_die;
5562 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5563 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
5564 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
5567 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child)
5571 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5572 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5573 if (child->die_parent != parent)
5575 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
5581 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == parent
5582 || (child->die_parent
5583 == get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification)));
5585 for (p = child->die_parent->die_child; ; p = p->die_sib)
5586 if (p->die_sib == child)
5588 remove_child_with_prev (child, p);
5592 add_child_die (parent, child);
5595 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5597 static inline dw_die_ref
5598 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t)
5600 dw_die_ref die = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node));
5602 die->die_tag = tag_value;
5604 if (parent_die != NULL)
5605 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
5608 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
5610 limbo_node = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node));
5611 limbo_node->die = die;
5612 limbo_node->created_for = t;
5613 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
5614 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
5620 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5622 static inline dw_die_ref
5623 lookup_type_die (tree type)
5625 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
5628 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5631 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
5633 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
5636 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
5639 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x)
5641 return (hashval_t) ((const dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id;
5644 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
5647 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
5649 return (((const dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const tree) y));
5652 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5654 static inline dw_die_ref
5655 lookup_decl_die (tree decl)
5657 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
5660 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
5663 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x)
5665 return (hashval_t) ((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id;
5668 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
5672 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
5674 return (((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const tree) y));
5677 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
5679 static inline var_loc_list *
5680 lookup_decl_loc (tree decl)
5682 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
5685 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5688 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die)
5690 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5693 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
5695 decl_die->decl_id = decl_id;
5698 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
5701 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl, struct var_loc_node *loc)
5703 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5707 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
5710 temp = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (var_loc_list));
5711 temp->decl_id = decl_id;
5719 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
5720 we have nothing to do. */
5721 if (!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp->last->var_loc_note),
5722 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc->var_loc_note)))
5724 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. */
5725 temp->last->next = loc;
5729 /* Do not add empty location to the beginning of the list. */
5730 else if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
5737 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5738 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5739 the DIE internal representation. */
5740 static int print_indent;
5742 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5745 print_spaces (FILE *outfile)
5747 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
5750 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5751 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5754 print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile)
5760 print_spaces (outfile);
5761 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5762 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
5763 print_spaces (outfile);
5764 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
5765 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %lu\n", die->die_offset);
5767 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
5769 print_spaces (outfile);
5770 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5772 switch (AT_class (a))
5774 case dw_val_class_addr:
5775 fprintf (outfile, "address");
5777 case dw_val_class_offset:
5778 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
5780 case dw_val_class_loc:
5781 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
5783 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
5784 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
5785 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
5787 case dw_val_class_range_list:
5788 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
5790 case dw_val_class_const:
5791 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a));
5793 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5794 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a));
5796 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5797 fprintf (outfile, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5798 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi,
5799 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low);
5801 case dw_val_class_vec:
5802 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point or vector constant");
5804 case dw_val_class_flag:
5805 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
5807 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5808 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
5810 if (AT_ref (a)->die_symbol)
5811 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a)->die_symbol);
5813 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
5816 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
5818 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5819 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
5820 case dw_val_class_macptr:
5821 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
5823 case dw_val_class_str:
5824 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
5825 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
5827 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
5829 case dw_val_class_file:
5830 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a)->filename,
5831 AT_file (a)->emitted_number);
5837 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5840 if (die->die_child != NULL)
5843 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, print_die (c, outfile));
5846 if (print_indent == 0)
5847 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5850 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5851 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5854 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile)
5857 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
5859 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5860 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
5862 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
5863 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: %4ld %6ld\n", i,
5864 line_info->dw_file_num,
5865 line_info->dw_line_num);
5868 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
5871 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5874 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die)
5876 print_die (die, stderr);
5879 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5880 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5886 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
5887 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
5888 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
5891 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5892 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5893 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5896 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die)
5898 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
5899 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
5901 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
5905 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5908 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit)
5910 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
5912 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
5916 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5917 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5919 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5922 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
5924 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_opc);
5925 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
5926 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
5929 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5932 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5934 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5937 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
5939 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
5940 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5941 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5944 switch (AT_class (at))
5946 case dw_val_class_const:
5947 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
5949 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5950 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
5952 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5953 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long);
5955 case dw_val_class_vec:
5956 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
5958 case dw_val_class_flag:
5959 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
5961 case dw_val_class_str:
5962 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
5965 case dw_val_class_addr:
5967 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
5968 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
5971 case dw_val_class_offset:
5972 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
5975 case dw_val_class_loc:
5976 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5977 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
5980 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5981 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
5984 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5985 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5986 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
5987 case dw_val_class_macptr:
5990 case dw_val_class_file:
5991 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
5999 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
6002 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
6008 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
6011 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
6014 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
6016 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
6018 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
6019 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
6021 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, die_checksum (c, ctx, mark));
6025 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
6027 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
6029 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark)
6031 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
6032 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
6033 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
6036 /* Do the values look the same? */
6038 same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node *v1, dw_val_node *v2, int *mark)
6040 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
6043 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
6046 switch (v1->val_class)
6048 case dw_val_class_const:
6049 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
6050 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6051 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
6052 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6053 return v1->v.val_long_long.hi == v2->v.val_long_long.hi
6054 && v1->v.val_long_long.low == v2->v.val_long_long.low;
6055 case dw_val_class_vec:
6056 if (v1->v.val_vec.length != v2->v.val_vec.length
6057 || v1->v.val_vec.elt_size != v2->v.val_vec.elt_size)
6059 if (memcmp (v1->v.val_vec.array, v2->v.val_vec.array,
6060 v1->v.val_vec.length * v1->v.val_vec.elt_size))
6063 case dw_val_class_flag:
6064 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
6065 case dw_val_class_str:
6066 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
6068 case dw_val_class_addr:
6069 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
6070 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
6071 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
6073 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r1) == SYMBOL_REF);
6074 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1, 0), XSTR (r2, 0));
6076 case dw_val_class_offset:
6077 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
6079 case dw_val_class_loc:
6080 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
6082 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
6083 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
6085 return !loc1 && !loc2;
6087 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6088 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
6090 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6091 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6092 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
6093 case dw_val_class_macptr:
6096 case dw_val_class_file:
6097 return v1->v.val_file == v2->v.val_file;
6104 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
6107 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark)
6109 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
6112 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
6113 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
6114 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
6117 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
6120 /* Do the dies look the same? */
6123 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark)
6129 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
6131 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
6132 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
6134 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
6137 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr)
6138 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr))
6141 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr, ix, a1); ix++)
6142 if (!same_attr_p (a1, VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr, ix), mark))
6145 c1 = die1->die_child;
6146 c2 = die2->die_child;
6155 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
6159 if (c1 == die1->die_child)
6161 if (c2 == die2->die_child)
6171 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
6174 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2)
6177 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
6179 unmark_all_dies (die1);
6180 unmark_all_dies (die2);
6185 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
6187 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
6189 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
6190 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
6192 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
6193 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
6196 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die)
6198 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
6199 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
6200 char *name = alloca (strlen (base) + 64);
6203 unsigned char checksum[16];
6206 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
6207 the name filename of the unit. */
6209 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
6211 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
6212 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
6213 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
6215 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
6216 clean_symbol_name (name);
6218 p = name + strlen (name);
6219 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
6221 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
6225 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
6226 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
6229 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
6232 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die)
6234 switch (die->die_tag)
6236 case DW_TAG_array_type:
6237 case DW_TAG_class_type:
6238 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
6239 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
6240 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
6241 case DW_TAG_string_type:
6242 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
6243 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
6244 case DW_TAG_union_type:
6245 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
6246 case DW_TAG_set_type:
6247 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
6248 case DW_TAG_base_type:
6249 case DW_TAG_const_type:
6250 case DW_TAG_file_type:
6251 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
6252 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
6253 case DW_TAG_typedef:
6260 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
6261 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
6262 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
6263 compilations (functions). */
6266 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c)
6268 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
6269 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
6270 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
6271 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
6273 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
6276 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
6277 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
6278 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
6279 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
6281 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
6283 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
6286 return is_type_die (c);
6289 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
6290 compilation unit. */
6293 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c)
6295 return (is_type_die (c)
6296 || (get_AT (c, DW_AT_declaration)
6297 && !get_AT (c, DW_AT_specification))
6298 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
6302 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix)
6306 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
6307 return xstrdup (buf);
6310 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
6313 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die)
6317 if (is_symbol_die (die))
6319 if (comdat_symbol_id)
6321 char *p = alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
6323 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
6324 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
6325 die->die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
6328 die->die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
6331 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, assign_symbol_names (c));
6334 struct cu_hash_table_entry
6337 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
6338 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
6341 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
6343 htab_cu_hash (const void *of)
6345 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry = of;
6347 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_symbol);
6351 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
6353 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry1 = of1;
6354 const struct die_struct *entry2 = of2;
6356 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_symbol, entry2->die_symbol);
6360 htab_cu_del (void *what)
6362 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next, *entry = what;
6372 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
6375 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num)
6377 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
6378 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
6380 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
6382 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6383 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
6387 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
6389 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
6395 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
6399 entry = XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry);
6401 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
6402 entry->next = *slot;
6408 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
6410 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num)
6412 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
6414 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6415 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
6419 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
6422 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
6423 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
6424 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
6427 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die)
6430 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
6431 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
6432 htab_t cu_hash_table;
6436 dw_die_ref prev = c;
6438 while (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
6439 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
6441 dw_die_ref next = c->die_sib;
6443 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
6444 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
6446 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
6447 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
6448 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
6449 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
6451 add_child_die (unit, c);
6453 if (c == die->die_child)
6456 } while (c != die->die_child);
6459 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
6460 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
6464 assign_symbol_names (die);
6465 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
6466 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
6472 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
6473 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6474 &comdat_symbol_number);
6475 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
6477 *pnode = node->next;
6480 pnode = &node->next;
6481 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6482 comdat_symbol_number);
6485 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
6488 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6489 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6490 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6493 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die)
6497 if (! die->die_child)
6500 if (die->die_parent && die != die->die_parent->die_child)
6501 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
6503 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_sibling_attributes (c));
6506 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6509 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
6515 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
6516 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
6517 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a));
6519 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_location_lists (c));
6522 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6523 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6524 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6525 die are visited recursively. */
6528 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die)
6530 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6531 unsigned int n_alloc;
6536 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6537 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6538 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
6539 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6540 && AT_ref (a)->die_mark == 0)
6542 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_symbol);
6544 set_AT_ref_external (a, 1);
6547 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6549 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6550 dw_attr_ref die_a, abbrev_a;
6554 if (abbrev->die_tag != die->die_tag)
6556 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) != (die->die_child != NULL))
6559 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr)
6560 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr))
6563 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, die_a); ix++)
6565 abbrev_a = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix);
6566 if ((abbrev_a->dw_attr != die_a->dw_attr)
6567 || (value_format (abbrev_a) != value_format (die_a)))
6577 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
6579 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
6581 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6582 abbrev_die_table = ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table,
6583 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * n_alloc);
6585 memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
6586 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
6587 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
6590 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
6591 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
6594 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
6595 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, build_abbrev_table (c));
6598 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6601 constant_size (long unsigned int value)
6608 log = floor_log2 (value);
6611 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
6616 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6617 .debug_info section. */
6619 static unsigned long
6620 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die)
6622 unsigned long size = 0;
6626 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
6627 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
6629 switch (AT_class (a))
6631 case dw_val_class_addr:
6632 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6634 case dw_val_class_offset:
6635 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6637 case dw_val_class_loc:
6639 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6642 size += constant_size (lsize);
6646 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6647 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6649 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6650 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6652 case dw_val_class_const:
6653 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
6655 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6656 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
6658 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6659 size += 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR; /* block */
6661 case dw_val_class_vec:
6662 size += 1 + (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
6663 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size); /* block */
6665 case dw_val_class_flag:
6668 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6669 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6670 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6672 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6674 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6675 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6677 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6678 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6680 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
6681 case dw_val_class_macptr:
6682 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6684 case dw_val_class_str:
6685 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
6686 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6688 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
6690 case dw_val_class_file:
6691 size += constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file));
6701 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6702 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6703 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6704 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6707 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die)
6711 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
6712 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
6714 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, calc_die_sizes (c));
6716 if (die->die_child != NULL)
6717 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6718 next_die_offset += 1;
6721 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6722 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6723 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6724 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6727 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6731 gcc_assert (!die->die_mark);
6734 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, mark_dies (c));
6737 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6740 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6744 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
6747 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_dies (c));
6750 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6753 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6763 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_all_dies (c));
6765 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
6766 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
6767 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
6770 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
6771 generated for the compilation unit. */
6773 static unsigned long
6774 size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
6780 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
6781 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, names, i, p); i++)
6782 if (names != pubtype_table
6783 || p->die->die_offset != 0
6784 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
6785 size += strlen (p->name) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1;
6787 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6791 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6793 static unsigned long
6794 size_of_aranges (void)
6798 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
6800 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6801 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6802 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
6804 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6805 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6809 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6811 static enum dwarf_form
6812 value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6814 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
6816 case dw_val_class_addr:
6817 return DW_FORM_addr;
6818 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6819 case dw_val_class_offset:
6820 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6821 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
6824 return DW_FORM_data4;
6826 return DW_FORM_data8;
6830 case dw_val_class_loc:
6831 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
6834 return DW_FORM_block1;
6836 return DW_FORM_block2;
6840 case dw_val_class_const:
6841 return DW_FORM_sdata;
6842 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6843 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
6846 return DW_FORM_data1;
6848 return DW_FORM_data2;
6850 return DW_FORM_data4;
6852 return DW_FORM_data8;
6856 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6857 return DW_FORM_block1;
6858 case dw_val_class_vec:
6859 return DW_FORM_block1;
6860 case dw_val_class_flag:
6861 return DW_FORM_flag;
6862 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6863 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6864 return DW_FORM_ref_addr;
6867 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6868 return DW_FORM_data;
6869 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6870 return DW_FORM_addr;
6871 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
6872 case dw_val_class_macptr:
6873 return DW_FORM_data;
6874 case dw_val_class_str:
6875 return AT_string_form (a);
6876 case dw_val_class_file:
6877 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file)))
6880 return DW_FORM_data1;
6882 return DW_FORM_data2;
6884 return DW_FORM_data4;
6894 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6897 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6899 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
6901 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
6904 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6908 output_abbrev_section (void)
6910 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6912 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6914 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6918 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
6919 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
6920 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
6922 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
6923 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
6925 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
6927 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix, a_attr);
6930 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
6931 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
6932 output_value_format (a_attr);
6935 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6936 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6939 /* Terminate the table. */
6940 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6943 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6946 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die)
6948 char *sym = die->die_symbol;
6953 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
6954 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6955 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6957 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, sym);
6959 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
6962 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6963 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6964 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6966 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6967 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end,
6968 const char *section, unsigned int gensym)
6970 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node));
6972 retlist->begin = begin;
6974 retlist->expr = expr;
6975 retlist->section = section;
6977 retlist->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6982 /* Add a location description expression to a location list. */
6985 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr,
6986 const char *begin, const char *end,
6987 const char *section)
6991 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6992 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
6995 /* Add a new location list node to the list. */
6996 *d = new_loc_list (descr, begin, end, section, 0);
7000 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
7006 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
7007 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = true;
7008 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = cfun->hot_section_label;
7009 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = cfun->hot_section_end_label;
7010 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = cfun->cold_section_label;
7011 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = cfun->cold_section_end_label;
7012 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
7014 /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we
7015 don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections. */
7016 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
7019 /* Output the location list given to us. */
7022 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
7024 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
7026 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
7028 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
7029 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
7032 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
7034 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
7035 "Location list begin address (%s)",
7036 list_head->ll_symbol);
7037 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
7038 "Location list end address (%s)",
7039 list_head->ll_symbol);
7043 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin,
7044 "Location list begin address (%s)",
7045 list_head->ll_symbol);
7046 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end,
7047 "Location list end address (%s)",
7048 list_head->ll_symbol);
7050 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
7052 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
7053 gcc_assert (size <= 0xffff);
7054 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
7056 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
7059 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
7060 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
7061 list_head->ll_symbol);
7062 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
7063 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
7064 list_head->ll_symbol);
7067 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
7068 the definitions of each child DIE. */
7071 output_die (dw_die_ref die)
7078 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
7079 them to point to. */
7080 if (die->die_symbol)
7081 output_die_symbol (die);
7083 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
7084 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
7086 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7088 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
7090 switch (AT_class (a))
7092 case dw_val_class_addr:
7093 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
7096 case dw_val_class_offset:
7097 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
7101 case dw_val_class_range_list:
7103 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
7105 sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
7106 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
7107 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
7108 debug_ranges_section, "%s", name);
7113 case dw_val_class_loc:
7114 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
7116 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
7117 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
7119 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
7122 case dw_val_class_const:
7123 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
7124 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
7125 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
7126 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
7129 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
7130 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
7131 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
7134 case dw_val_class_long_long:
7136 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
7138 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
7139 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
7142 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
7144 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
7145 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
7149 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
7150 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
7153 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
7154 first, "long long constant");
7155 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
7160 case dw_val_class_vec:
7162 unsigned int elt_size = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size;
7163 unsigned int len = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length;
7167 dw2_asm_output_data (1, len * elt_size, "%s", name);
7168 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
7173 for (i = 0, p = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array;
7176 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
7177 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
7181 case dw_val_class_flag:
7182 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
7185 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
7187 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
7190 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, debug_loc_section,
7195 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
7196 if (AT_ref_external (a))
7198 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_symbol;
7201 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, sym, debug_info_section,
7206 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
7207 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
7212 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
7216 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
7217 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
7218 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, debug_frame_section,
7223 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
7224 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
7227 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
7228 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
7229 debug_line_section, "%s", name);
7232 case dw_val_class_macptr:
7233 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
7234 debug_macinfo_section, "%s", name);
7237 case dw_val_class_str:
7238 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
7239 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
7240 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
7242 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
7244 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
7247 case dw_val_class_file:
7249 int f = maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file);
7251 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f), f, "%s (%s)", name,
7252 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file->filename);
7261 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_die (c));
7263 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
7264 if (die->die_child != NULL)
7265 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
7269 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
7270 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
7273 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
7275 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7276 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7277 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7278 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
7279 next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE,
7280 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
7281 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF version number");
7282 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
7283 debug_abbrev_section,
7284 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
7285 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
7288 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
7291 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty)
7293 const char *secname;
7296 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
7297 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
7300 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
7301 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
7302 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
7303 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
7304 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
7307 build_abbrev_table (die);
7309 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
7310 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
7311 calc_die_sizes (die);
7313 oldsym = die->die_symbol;
7316 tmp = alloca (strlen (oldsym) + 24);
7318 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
7320 die->die_symbol = NULL;
7321 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
7324 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
7326 /* Output debugging information. */
7327 output_compilation_unit_header ();
7330 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
7335 die->die_symbol = oldsym;
7339 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
7342 dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope)
7344 return lang_hooks.dwarf_name (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
7347 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
7350 add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
7354 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
7358 e.name = xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl, 1));
7359 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubname_table, &e);
7362 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
7365 add_pubtype (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
7370 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
7371 || die->die_parent == comp_unit_die)
7372 && (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_typedef || COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl)))
7377 if (TYPE_NAME (decl))
7379 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
7380 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TYPE_NAME (decl));
7381 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == TYPE_DECL
7382 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)))
7383 e.name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)));
7385 e.name = xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name));
7389 e.name = xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl, 1));
7391 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
7393 if (e.name && e.name[0] != '\0')
7394 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubtype_table, &e);
7398 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
7399 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
7402 output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
7405 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames (names);
7408 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7409 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7410 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7411 if (names == pubname_table)
7412 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
7413 "Length of Public Names Info");
7415 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
7416 "Length of Public Type Names Info");
7417 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7418 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
7420 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7421 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
7422 "Compilation Unit Length");
7424 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, names, i, pub); i++)
7426 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7427 if (names == pubname_table)
7428 gcc_assert (pub->die->die_mark);
7430 if (names != pubtype_table
7431 || pub->die->die_offset != 0
7432 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
7434 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
7437 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
7441 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7444 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
7447 add_arange (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
7449 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
7452 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
7454 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7455 arange_table = ggc_realloc (arange_table,
7456 (arange_table_allocated
7457 * sizeof (dw_die_ref)));
7458 memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0,
7459 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
7462 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
7465 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
7466 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
7467 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
7470 output_aranges (void)
7473 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
7475 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7476 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7477 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7478 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
7479 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
7480 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7481 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
7483 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7484 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
7485 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
7487 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
7488 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
7490 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
7492 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
7493 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7494 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
7495 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
7498 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
7499 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
7500 text_section_label, "Length");
7501 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
7503 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_text_section_label,
7505 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_end_label,
7506 cold_text_section_label, "Length");
7509 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
7511 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
7513 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7514 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
7516 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
7518 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
7520 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
7521 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
7525 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
7526 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
7527 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
7528 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
7529 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
7531 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
7534 gcc_assert (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr);
7536 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7537 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
7538 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7539 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
7544 /* Output the terminator words. */
7545 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7546 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7549 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
7553 add_ranges (tree block)
7555 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
7557 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
7559 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7561 = ggc_realloc (ranges_table, (ranges_table_allocated
7562 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct)));
7563 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
7564 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
7567 ranges_table[in_use].block_num = (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
7568 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
7570 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
7574 output_ranges (void)
7577 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset 0x%x";
7578 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
7580 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
7582 int block_num = ranges_table[i].block_num;
7586 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7587 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7589 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
7590 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
7592 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7593 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7594 base of the text section. */
7595 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
7597 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7599 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7600 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
7601 text_section_label, NULL);
7604 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
7605 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
7606 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
7607 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
7610 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7611 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7612 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
7619 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7620 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7626 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7629 const char *path; /* Complete file name. */
7630 const char *fname; /* File name part. */
7631 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
7632 struct dwarf_file_data * file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
7633 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
7636 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7640 const char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
7641 int length; /* Path length. */
7642 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7643 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7644 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7647 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7648 the directories in the path. */
7651 file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
7653 const struct file_info *s1 = p1;
7654 const struct file_info *s2 = p2;
7658 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7659 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7660 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7661 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7662 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7663 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
7664 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
7666 cp1 = (unsigned char *) s1->path;
7667 cp2 = (unsigned char *) s2->path;
7673 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7674 if ((cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname)
7675 || (cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname))
7676 return ((cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname)
7677 - (cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname));
7679 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7680 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
7685 struct file_name_acquire_data
7687 struct file_info *files;
7692 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
7695 file_name_acquire (void ** slot, void *data)
7697 struct file_name_acquire_data *fnad = data;
7698 struct dwarf_file_data *d = *slot;
7699 struct file_info *fi;
7702 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files >= d->emitted_number);
7704 if (! d->emitted_number)
7707 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files != fnad->used_files);
7709 fi = fnad->files + fnad->used_files++;
7711 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7713 while (f[0] == '.' && IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (f[1]))
7716 /* Create a new array entry. */
7718 fi->length = strlen (f);
7721 /* Search for the file name part. */
7722 f = strrchr (f, DIR_SEPARATOR);
7723 #if defined (DIR_SEPARATOR_2)
7725 char *g = strrchr (fi->path, DIR_SEPARATOR_2);
7729 if (f == NULL || f < g)
7735 fi->fname = f == NULL ? fi->path : f + 1;
7739 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7740 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7741 slowdowns with many input files. */
7744 output_file_names (void)
7746 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad;
7748 struct file_info *files;
7749 struct dir_info *dirs;
7758 if (!last_emitted_file)
7760 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7761 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7765 numfiles = last_emitted_file->emitted_number;
7767 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7768 files = alloca (numfiles * sizeof (struct file_info));
7769 dirs = alloca (numfiles * sizeof (struct dir_info));
7772 fnad.used_files = 0;
7773 fnad.max_files = numfiles;
7774 htab_traverse (file_table, file_name_acquire, &fnad);
7775 gcc_assert (fnad.used_files == fnad.max_files);
7777 qsort (files, numfiles, sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
7779 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7780 dirs[0].path = files[0].path;
7781 dirs[0].length = files[0].fname - files[0].path;
7782 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
7784 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
7785 files[0].dir_idx = 0;
7788 for (i = 1; i < numfiles; i++)
7789 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
7790 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
7791 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
7793 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7794 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
7795 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
7801 /* This is a new directory. */
7802 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
7803 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
7804 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
7805 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
7806 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
7808 /* Search for a prefix. */
7809 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
7810 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
7811 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
7812 && dirs[j].length > 1
7813 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
7814 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
7815 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
7816 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
7821 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7822 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7823 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7824 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7825 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7826 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7827 saved = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7828 savehere = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7830 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
7831 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
7836 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7837 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7838 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
7839 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
7841 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
7844 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
7846 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7851 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
7856 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
7857 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7859 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
7860 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
7865 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7867 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
7869 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7870 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
7871 if (savehere[j] > 0)
7873 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7874 saved[j] = savehere[j];
7876 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7877 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
7882 /* Emit the directory name table. */
7884 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
7885 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
7886 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path, dirs[i].length - 1,
7887 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", i + idx_offset);
7889 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7891 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
7892 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
7893 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7894 backmap = alloca (numfiles * sizeof (int));
7895 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
7896 backmap[files[i].file_idx->emitted_number - 1] = i;
7898 /* Now write all the file names. */
7899 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
7901 int file_idx = backmap[i];
7902 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
7904 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
7905 "File Entry: 0x%x", (unsigned) i + 1);
7907 /* Include directory index. */
7908 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
7910 /* Modification time. */
7911 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7913 /* File length in bytes. */
7914 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7917 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7921 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7922 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7925 output_line_info (void)
7927 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
7928 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7929 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7932 unsigned long lt_index;
7933 unsigned long current_line;
7936 unsigned long current_file;
7937 unsigned long function;
7939 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
7940 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
7941 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
7942 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
7944 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7945 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7946 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7947 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
7948 "Length of Source Line Info");
7949 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
7951 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7952 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
7953 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
7955 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7956 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7957 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7958 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7959 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7960 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7961 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7962 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7963 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7964 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7966 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
7967 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7968 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
7969 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7970 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
7971 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7972 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
7973 "Special Opcode Base");
7975 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
7979 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
7980 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
7981 case DW_LNS_set_file:
7982 case DW_LNS_set_column:
7983 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
7991 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7995 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7996 output_file_names ();
7997 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
7999 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
8000 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
8001 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
8003 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
8004 a series of state machine operations. */
8008 if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
8009 strcpy (prev_line_label, cfun->cold_section_label);
8011 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
8012 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
8014 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
8017 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
8018 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
8021 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
8022 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
8023 that anything after the last address is this line. */
8024 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
8025 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
8029 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
8031 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
8032 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
8033 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
8034 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
8035 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
8036 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
8038 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
8041 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
8042 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
8043 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8044 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
8048 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
8049 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
8050 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8051 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
8052 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
8053 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
8056 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
8058 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
8059 different from the previous line. */
8060 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
8062 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
8063 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
8064 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
8067 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
8068 that uses the least amount of space. */
8069 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
8071 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
8072 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
8073 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
8074 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
8075 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
8076 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
8078 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
8079 "line %lu", current_line);
8082 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
8083 depending on the value being encoded. */
8084 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
8085 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
8086 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
8087 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
8091 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
8092 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
8095 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
8098 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
8099 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8100 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
8104 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8105 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
8106 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
8107 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
8110 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
8111 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
8112 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
8117 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
8119 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
8120 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
8123 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
8124 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
8125 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
8126 && line_info->function == function)
8130 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
8131 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
8132 to handle it differently. */
8133 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
8135 if (function != line_info->function)
8137 function = line_info->function;
8139 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
8140 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8141 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
8142 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
8143 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
8147 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
8150 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
8151 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8152 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
8156 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8157 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
8158 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
8159 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
8163 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
8165 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
8166 different from the previous line. */
8167 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
8169 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
8170 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
8171 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
8174 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
8175 that uses the least amount of space. */
8176 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
8178 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
8179 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
8180 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
8181 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
8182 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
8183 "line %lu", current_line);
8186 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
8187 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
8188 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
8189 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
8193 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
8201 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
8202 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
8203 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
8208 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
8209 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
8212 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
8213 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8214 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
8218 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8219 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
8220 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
8221 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
8224 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
8225 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
8226 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
8227 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
8231 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
8232 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
8235 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
8236 a DIE that describes the given type.
8238 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
8239 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
8242 base_type_die (tree type)
8244 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
8245 enum dwarf_type encoding;
8247 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
8250 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8253 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type))
8255 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
8256 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
8258 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
8260 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
8261 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
8263 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
8267 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type)))
8268 encoding = DW_ATE_decimal_float;
8270 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
8273 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
8274 a user defined type for it. */
8276 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
8277 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
8279 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
8283 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
8284 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
8288 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
8292 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8294 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
8295 if (! TYPE_NAME (type))
8296 add_name_attribute (base_type_result, "__unknown__");
8298 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
8299 int_size_in_bytes (type));
8300 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
8302 return base_type_result;
8305 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
8306 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
8309 is_base_type (tree type)
8311 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8324 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
8329 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
8342 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
8343 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
8344 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
8345 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
8348 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
8349 simple_type_size_in_bits (tree type)
8351 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
8352 return BITS_PER_WORD;
8353 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
8355 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
8356 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
8358 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
8361 /* Return true if the debug information for the given type should be
8362 emitted as a subrange type. */
8365 is_subrange_type (tree type)
8367 tree subtype = TREE_TYPE (type);
8369 /* Subrange types are identified by the fact that they are integer
8370 types, and that they have a subtype which is either an integer type
8371 or an enumeral type. */
8373 if (TREE_CODE (type) != INTEGER_TYPE
8374 || subtype == NULL_TREE)
8377 if (TREE_CODE (subtype) != INTEGER_TYPE
8378 && TREE_CODE (subtype) != ENUMERAL_TYPE)
8381 if (TREE_CODE (type) == TREE_CODE (subtype)
8382 && int_size_in_bytes (type) == int_size_in_bytes (subtype)
8383 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type) != NULL
8384 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype) != NULL
8385 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type), TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype))
8386 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type) != NULL
8387 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype) != NULL
8388 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type), TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype)))
8390 /* The type and its subtype have the same representation. If in
8391 addition the two types also have the same name, then the given
8392 type is not a subrange type, but rather a plain base type. */
8393 /* FIXME: brobecker/2004-03-22:
8394 Sizetype INTEGER_CSTs nodes are canonicalized. It should
8395 therefore be sufficient to check the TYPE_SIZE node pointers
8396 rather than checking the actual size. Unfortunately, we have
8397 found some cases, such as in the Ada "integer" type, where
8398 this is not the case. Until this problem is solved, we need to
8399 keep checking the actual size. */
8400 tree type_name = TYPE_NAME (type);
8401 tree subtype_name = TYPE_NAME (subtype);
8403 if (type_name != NULL && TREE_CODE (type_name) == TYPE_DECL)
8404 type_name = DECL_NAME (type_name);
8406 if (subtype_name != NULL && TREE_CODE (subtype_name) == TYPE_DECL)
8407 subtype_name = DECL_NAME (subtype_name);
8409 if (type_name == subtype_name)
8416 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
8417 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
8420 subrange_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
8422 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
8423 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
8425 if (context_die == NULL)
8426 context_die = comp_unit_die;
8428 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
8430 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type)) != size_in_bytes)
8432 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
8433 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
8434 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
8437 if (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type) != NULL)
8438 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
8439 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type));
8440 if (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type) != NULL)
8441 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
8442 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type));
8444 return subrange_die;
8447 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
8448 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
8451 modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
8452 dw_die_ref context_die)
8454 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
8455 dw_die_ref mod_type_die;
8456 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
8457 tree item_type = NULL;
8458 tree qualified_type;
8461 if (code == ERROR_MARK)
8464 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
8467 = get_qualified_type (type,
8468 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
8469 | (is_volatile_type ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
8471 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
8474 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
8476 return mod_type_die;
8479 name = qualified_type ? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type) : NULL;
8481 /* Handle C typedef types. */
8482 if (name && TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name))
8484 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (name);
8486 if (qualified_type == dtype)
8488 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
8489 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
8490 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
8492 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
8493 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
8494 || (is_const_type <= TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
8495 && is_volatile_type <= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
8496 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name) != type))
8497 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
8498 type to which it refers. */
8499 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name),
8500 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
8502 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
8507 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8508 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
8510 else if (is_volatile_type)
8512 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8513 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
8515 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
8517 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8518 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8519 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8520 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8522 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
8524 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8525 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8526 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8527 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8529 else if (is_subrange_type (type))
8531 mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, context_die);
8532 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8534 else if (is_base_type (type))
8535 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
8538 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
8540 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
8541 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
8542 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
8543 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
8544 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
8546 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
8547 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
8549 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
8550 not the main variant. */
8551 return lookup_type_die (type);
8554 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
8555 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
8556 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type. */
8558 && (TREE_CODE (name) != TYPE_DECL || TREE_TYPE (name) == qualified_type))
8560 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
8561 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
8562 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
8563 useful source coordinates anyway. */
8564 name = DECL_NAME (name);
8565 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
8569 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type, mod_type_die);
8572 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
8573 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
8574 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
8575 types are possible in Ada. */
8576 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
8577 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
8578 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
8581 if (sub_die != NULL)
8582 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
8584 return mod_type_die;
8587 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
8588 an enumerated type. */
8591 type_is_enum (tree type)
8593 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
8596 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
8599 dbx_reg_number (rtx rtl)
8601 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
8603 gcc_assert (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
8605 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8606 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
8608 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno);
8610 regno = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
8614 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
8617 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
8618 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
8619 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
8622 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, int size)
8624 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8626 if (*list_head != NULL)
8628 /* Find the end of the chain. */
8629 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8632 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_piece)
8633 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0);
8637 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8638 zero if there is none. */
8640 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8641 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl)
8645 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8648 regs = targetm.dwarf_register_span (rtl);
8650 if (hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)] > 1 || regs)
8651 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs);
8653 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl));
8656 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
8657 a given hard register number. */
8659 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8660 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno)
8663 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + regno, 0, 0);
8665 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
8668 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
8669 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
8671 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8672 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs)
8676 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8679 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8680 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
8682 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg);
8684 reg = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
8687 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg) == dbx_reg_number (rtl));
8688 nregs = hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)];
8690 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8691 if (regs == NULL_RTX)
8693 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
8700 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg));
8701 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8702 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
8708 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8710 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs) == PARALLEL);
8712 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8715 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
8719 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)));
8720 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8721 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8722 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
8727 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8729 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8730 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
8732 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8734 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8735 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8739 op = DW_OP_lit0 + i;
8742 else if (i <= 0xffff)
8744 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8754 else if (i >= -0x8000)
8756 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8757 || i >= -0x80000000)
8763 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
8766 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8768 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8769 based_loc_descr (rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
8773 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
8774 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
8775 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
8776 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
8777 if (reg == arg_pointer_rtx || reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
8779 rtx elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
8783 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
8785 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
8786 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
8788 gcc_assert (elim == (frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
8789 : stack_pointer_rtx));
8790 offset += frame_pointer_fb_offset;
8792 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
8796 regno = dbx_reg_number (reg);
8798 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + regno, offset, 0);
8800 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, regno, offset);
8803 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8806 is_based_loc (rtx rtl)
8808 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
8809 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
8810 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8811 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT)));
8814 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N locations
8815 used to form the address of a memory location. */
8817 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8818 concatn_mem_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn, enum machine_mode mode)
8821 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
8822 unsigned int n = XVECLEN (concatn, 0);
8824 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
8826 dw_loc_descr_ref ref;
8827 rtx x = XVECEXP (concatn, 0, i);
8829 ref = mem_loc_descriptor (x, mode);
8833 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, ref);
8834 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)));
8837 return cc_loc_result;
8840 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8841 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8842 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8843 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8845 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8846 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8847 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8848 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8850 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8851 autoincrement addressing modes.
8853 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
8854 location list for RTL.
8856 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8858 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8859 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode)
8861 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
8862 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8864 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8865 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8866 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8867 zeroth element of the array. */
8869 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
8871 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8876 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8877 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8879 /* ... fall through ... */
8882 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8883 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8884 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8885 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8886 contains the given subreg. */
8887 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
8889 /* ... fall through ... */
8892 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8893 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8894 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8895 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8896 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8897 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8898 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8899 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8900 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8901 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8902 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8903 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8904 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8905 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8906 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (rtl, 0);
8910 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
8911 if (mem_loc_result != 0)
8912 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
8916 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8918 /* ... fall through ... */
8921 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8922 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8926 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8927 by a different symbol. */
8928 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
8931 rtx tmp = get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
8933 if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SYMBOL_REF)
8936 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp))
8937 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp, &marked);
8942 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8943 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8944 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8945 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8950 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
8951 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8952 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8953 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
8957 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8959 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8964 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8966 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
8967 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
8968 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
8969 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
8971 /* ... fall through ... */
8975 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
8976 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl, 0),
8977 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
8980 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
8981 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
8984 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT
8985 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) >= 0)
8986 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8987 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
8988 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)), 0));
8991 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8992 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode));
8993 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8994 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
8999 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
9000 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
9019 dw_loc_descr_ref op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
9020 dw_loc_descr_ref op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode);
9022 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
9025 mem_loc_result = op0;
9026 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
9027 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
9032 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
9036 mem_loc_result = concatn_mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode);
9043 return mem_loc_result;
9046 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
9047 This is typically a complex variable. */
9049 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9050 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1)
9052 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
9053 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref = loc_descriptor (x0);
9054 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref = loc_descriptor (x1);
9056 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
9059 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
9060 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)));
9062 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
9063 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)));
9065 return cc_loc_result;
9068 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of N
9071 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9072 concatn_loc_descriptor (rtx concatn)
9075 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
9076 unsigned int n = XVECLEN (concatn, 0);
9078 for (i = 0; i < n; ++i)
9080 dw_loc_descr_ref ref;
9081 rtx x = XVECEXP (concatn, 0, i);
9083 ref = loc_descriptor (x);
9087 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, ref);
9088 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)));
9091 return cc_loc_result;
9094 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
9095 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
9096 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
9097 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
9098 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
9100 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
9102 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9103 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl)
9105 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
9107 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
9110 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
9111 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
9112 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
9113 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
9114 contains the given subreg. */
9115 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
9117 /* ... fall through ... */
9120 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl);
9124 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
9128 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1));
9132 loc_result = concatn_loc_descriptor (rtl);
9137 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) != PARALLEL)
9139 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 1), 0));
9143 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
9148 rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0);
9149 int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
9150 enum machine_mode mode;
9153 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
9154 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
9155 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
9156 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
9157 for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
9159 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
9161 temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
9162 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, temp);
9163 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
9164 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
9176 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
9177 up particularly with variable length arrays. WANT_ADDRESS is 2 if this is
9178 a top-level invocation of loc_descriptor_from_tree; is 1 if this is not a
9179 top-level invocation, and we require the address of LOC; is 0 if we require
9180 the value of LOC. */
9182 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9183 loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree loc, int want_address)
9185 dw_loc_descr_ref ret, ret1;
9186 int have_address = 0;
9187 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
9189 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
9190 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
9193 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
9198 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
9199 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
9200 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
9201 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
9202 the names of types. */
9208 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR:
9209 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR:
9210 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR:
9211 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR:
9212 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
9216 /* If we already want an address, there's nothing we can do. */
9220 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
9221 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 1);
9224 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc))
9228 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
9229 if (!targetm.have_tls || !targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
9232 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
9233 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
9234 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc))
9237 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
9238 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
9243 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9244 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
9247 ret = new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr, 0, 0);
9248 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
9249 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
9251 ret1 = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
9252 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
9260 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc))
9261 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc),
9268 rtx rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
9270 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
9272 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_INT)
9274 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
9275 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
9276 val &= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc));
9277 ret = int_loc_descriptor (val);
9279 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
9281 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl))
9283 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
9284 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
9285 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
9289 enum machine_mode mode;
9291 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
9292 if (want_address == 2)
9293 return loc_descriptor (rtl);
9295 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9298 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9301 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode);
9307 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9312 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), want_address);
9316 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
9317 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
9319 case GIMPLE_MODIFY_STMT:
9320 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (GENERIC_TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0),
9326 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
9329 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
9330 enum machine_mode mode;
9332 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
9334 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
9335 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
9340 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (obj, 1);
9342 || bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
9345 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
9347 /* Variable offset. */
9348 add_loc_descr (&ret, loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (offset, 0));
9349 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
9352 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9354 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
9355 else if (bytepos < 0)
9357 add_loc_descr (&ret, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos));
9358 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
9366 if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
9367 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
9374 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
9375 rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
9376 enum machine_mode mode;
9378 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
9380 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9381 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9382 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode);
9387 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
9388 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
9393 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
9399 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
9404 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
9406 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
9407 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
9415 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
9417 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
9418 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
9431 op = (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)) ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
9435 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
9436 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
9438 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9442 add_loc_descr (&ret,
9443 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
9444 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1),
9454 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9461 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9468 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9475 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9490 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9491 ret1 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
9492 if (ret == 0 || ret1 == 0)
9495 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
9496 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
9499 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
9513 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9517 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
9523 const enum tree_code code =
9524 TREE_CODE (loc) == MIN_EXPR ? GT_EXPR : LT_EXPR;
9526 loc = build3 (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
9527 build2 (code, integer_type_node,
9528 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
9529 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
9532 /* ... fall through ... */
9536 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
9537 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
9538 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
9539 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
9540 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
9542 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9543 if (ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
9546 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
9547 add_loc_descr (&ret, bra_node);
9549 add_loc_descr (&ret, rhs);
9550 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
9551 add_loc_descr (&ret, jump_node);
9553 add_loc_descr (&ret, lhs);
9554 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
9555 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
9557 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
9558 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
9559 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
9560 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
9561 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
9565 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
9569 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
9570 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
9571 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc)
9572 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE)
9575 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
9576 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
9577 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
9580 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
9581 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
9586 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
9587 if (want_address && !have_address)
9590 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
9591 if (!want_address && have_address && ret)
9593 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
9595 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
9597 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
9600 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
9602 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
9608 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
9609 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc)
9611 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (loc, 2);
9614 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
9615 which is not less than the value itself. */
9617 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
9618 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary)
9620 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
9623 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
9624 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
9625 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
9629 field_type (tree decl)
9633 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9634 return integer_type_node;
9636 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
9637 if (type == NULL_TREE)
9638 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9643 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
9644 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
9645 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
9647 static inline unsigned
9648 simple_type_align_in_bits (tree type)
9650 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
9653 static inline unsigned
9654 simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree decl)
9656 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
9659 /* Return the result of rounding T up to ALIGN. */
9661 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
9662 round_up_to_align (HOST_WIDE_INT t, unsigned int align)
9664 /* We must be careful if T is negative because HOST_WIDE_INT can be
9665 either "above" or "below" unsigned int as per the C promotion
9666 rules, depending on the host, thus making the signedness of the
9667 direct multiplication and division unpredictable. */
9668 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT u = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) t;
9674 return (HOST_WIDE_INT) u;
9677 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
9678 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
9679 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
9680 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
9681 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
9684 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9685 field_byte_offset (tree decl)
9687 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
9688 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
9689 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
9690 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
9692 tree field_size_tree;
9693 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
9694 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
9695 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
9697 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9700 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
9702 type = field_type (decl);
9703 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
9705 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
9706 a flexible array member. */
9707 if (! field_size_tree)
9708 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
9710 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
9711 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
9712 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
9713 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
9716 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
9718 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
9719 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
9720 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
9722 field_size_in_bits = BITS_PER_WORD;
9724 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
9725 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
9726 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
9728 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
9729 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
9730 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
9731 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
9732 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
9733 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
9734 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
9735 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
9737 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
9739 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
9740 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
9741 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
9742 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
9743 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
9744 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
9745 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
9746 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
9747 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
9748 bits of the bit-field itself.
9750 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
9751 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
9752 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
9753 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
9754 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
9755 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
9756 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
9757 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
9758 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
9760 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
9761 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
9762 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
9763 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
9764 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
9765 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
9767 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
9768 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
9769 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
9771 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
9772 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
9773 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9775 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
9776 object_offset_in_bits
9777 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, type_align_in_bits);
9779 if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
9781 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
9782 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9784 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
9785 object_offset_in_bits
9786 = round_up_to_align (object_offset_in_bits, decl_align_in_bits);
9789 return object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9792 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
9793 associated with them. */
9795 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
9797 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
9798 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
9799 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
9802 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
9803 dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
9806 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr);
9809 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
9810 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
9811 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
9812 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
9813 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
9814 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
9817 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9818 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9819 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9820 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
9821 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
9822 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
9823 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
9824 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
9825 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
9829 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
9831 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
9832 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
9834 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_BINFO)
9836 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
9837 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl) && is_cxx ())
9839 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
9840 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
9841 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
9842 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
9844 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
9846 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
9848 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
9850 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
9851 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
9852 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9854 /* Extract the vtable address. */
9855 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9856 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9858 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9859 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
9860 gcc_assert (offset < 0);
9862 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
9863 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9864 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
9865 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9867 /* Extract the offset. */
9868 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9869 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9871 /* Add it to the object address. */
9872 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
9873 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9876 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
9879 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
9883 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
9885 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9886 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9887 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9889 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9890 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9891 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9895 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
9898 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
9901 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
9904 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
9907 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val, unsigned int size, unsigned char *dest)
9911 *dest++ = val & 0xff;
9917 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
9919 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9920 extract_int (const unsigned char *src, unsigned int size)
9922 HOST_WIDE_INT val = 0;
9928 val |= *--src & 0xff;
9934 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
9937 insert_float (rtx rtl, unsigned char *array)
9943 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
9944 real_to_target (val, &rv, GET_MODE (rtl));
9946 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
9947 for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 4; i++)
9949 insert_int (val[i], 4, array);
9954 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9955 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9956 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9957 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9958 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9961 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl)
9963 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
9967 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
9970 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
9972 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
9977 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9978 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9979 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9980 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9982 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9984 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
9986 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
9987 unsigned char *array = ggc_alloc (length);
9989 insert_float (rtl, array);
9990 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length / 4, 4, array);
9994 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9995 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
9997 add_AT_long_long (die, DW_AT_const_value,
9998 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
10005 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
10006 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode);
10007 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
10008 unsigned char *array = ggc_alloc (length * elt_size);
10012 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
10014 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
10015 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
10017 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
10018 HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi;
10020 switch (GET_CODE (elt))
10028 lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt);
10029 hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt);
10033 gcc_unreachable ();
10036 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
10037 insert_int (lo, elt_size, p);
10040 unsigned char *p0 = p;
10041 unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
10043 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
10044 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
10049 insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
10050 insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
10055 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
10056 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
10058 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
10059 insert_float (elt, p);
10064 gcc_unreachable ();
10067 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, elt_size, array);
10072 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (rtl, 0));
10078 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_const_value, rtl);
10079 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
10083 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
10084 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
10085 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
10086 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
10087 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
10088 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
10089 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
10090 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
10091 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
10092 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
10093 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
10097 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
10098 gcc_unreachable ();
10103 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
10104 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
10107 reference_to_unused (tree * tp, int * walk_subtrees,
10108 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
10110 if (! EXPR_P (*tp) && ! GIMPLE_STMT_P (*tp) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp))
10111 *walk_subtrees = 0;
10113 if (DECL_P (*tp) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp) && ! TREE_USED (*tp)
10114 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
10116 else if (DECL_P (*tp) && TREE_CODE (*tp) != FUNCTION_DECL)
10118 struct varpool_node *node = varpool_node (*tp);
10126 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
10127 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
10130 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init, tree type)
10132 rtx rtl = NULL_RTX;
10134 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
10135 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
10136 if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
10138 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
10139 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
10140 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
10142 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
10144 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
10145 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
10146 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
10147 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
10148 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
10149 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode,
10150 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)));
10152 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
10154 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type) || TREE_CODE (type) == COMPLEX_TYPE)
10156 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
10157 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
10158 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE && TYPE_MODE (type) == BLKmode)
10160 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
10161 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
10162 reference variables which won't be output. */
10163 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type)
10164 && ! walk_tree (&init, reference_to_unused, NULL, NULL))
10166 rtl = expand_expr (init, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
10168 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
10169 gcc_assert (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl));
10175 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
10178 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl)
10182 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
10183 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
10184 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
10186 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
10187 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
10188 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
10189 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
10190 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
10191 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
10192 referenced within the function.
10194 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
10195 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
10196 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
10197 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
10199 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
10200 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
10201 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
10202 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
10203 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
10204 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
10206 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
10207 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
10208 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
10209 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
10210 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
10211 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
10212 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
10213 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
10214 output at debug-time.
10216 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
10217 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
10218 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
10219 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
10220 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
10221 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
10222 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
10223 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
10224 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
10225 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
10226 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
10227 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
10228 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
10230 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
10231 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
10232 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
10233 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
10234 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
10235 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
10236 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
10237 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
10238 I'd like to fix it.
10240 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
10241 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
10242 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
10243 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
10244 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
10245 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
10246 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
10247 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
10248 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
10249 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
10250 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
10252 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
10253 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
10255 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
10256 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
10257 fixed registers. */
10258 if (! reload_completed)
10261 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
10263 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
10265 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
10266 && TREE_STATIC (decl))))
10268 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
10273 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
10275 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
10277 tree declared_type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
10278 tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl);
10279 enum machine_mode dmode = TYPE_MODE (declared_type);
10280 enum machine_mode pmode = TYPE_MODE (passed_type);
10282 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
10283 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
10284 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
10285 if (dmode == pmode)
10286 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
10287 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode)
10288 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
10289 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
10291 rtx inc = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
10294 else if (MEM_P (inc))
10296 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10297 rtl = adjust_address_nv (inc, dmode,
10298 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
10299 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode));
10306 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
10307 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
10308 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
10309 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
10310 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
10311 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
10313 else if (MEM_P (rtl)
10314 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
10315 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
10316 /* Not passed in memory. */
10317 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
10318 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
10319 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
10320 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
10321 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
10322 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
10323 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
10326 /* Big endian correction check. */
10327 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10328 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
10329 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
10332 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
10333 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
10335 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10336 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
10339 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
10342 && GET_MODE (rtl) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))
10343 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10345 int rsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
10346 int dsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
10348 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
10349 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
10350 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
10351 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
10352 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
10353 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
10355 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10356 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), rsize-dsize));
10359 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
10360 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
10361 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
10362 if (!rtl && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
10363 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl), TREE_TYPE (decl));
10366 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
10368 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
10369 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
10370 code, and thus is not emitted. */
10372 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
10377 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
10378 address ranges where a given location is valid.
10379 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
10380 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
10381 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
10382 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
10384 static const char *
10385 secname_for_decl (tree decl)
10387 const char *secname;
10389 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
10391 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
10392 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
10394 else if (current_function_decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
10396 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl);
10397 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
10399 else if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
10400 secname = cfun->cold_section_label;
10402 secname = text_section_label;
10407 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
10408 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
10409 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
10410 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
10411 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
10412 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
10413 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
10414 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
10415 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
10416 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
10419 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl,
10420 enum dwarf_attribute attr)
10423 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
10424 var_loc_list *loc_list;
10425 struct var_loc_node *node;
10426 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
10429 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
10430 || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL);
10432 /* See if we possibly have multiple locations for this variable. */
10433 loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (decl);
10435 /* If it truly has multiple locations, the first and last node will
10437 if (loc_list && loc_list->first != loc_list->last)
10439 const char *endname, *secname;
10440 dw_loc_list_ref list;
10443 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
10444 actually construct the list of locations.
10445 The first location information is what is passed to the
10446 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
10447 locations just get added on to that list.
10448 Note that we only know the start address for a location
10449 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
10450 the range [current location start, next location start].
10451 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
10452 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
10454 node = loc_list->first;
10455 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10456 secname = secname_for_decl (decl);
10458 list = new_loc_list (loc_descriptor (varloc),
10459 node->label, node->next->label, secname, 1);
10462 for (; node->next; node = node->next)
10463 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
10465 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
10466 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
10467 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10468 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list, loc_descriptor (varloc),
10469 node->label, node->next->label, secname);
10472 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
10473 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
10474 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
10476 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
10478 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10479 if (!current_function_decl)
10480 endname = text_end_label;
10483 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
10484 current_function_funcdef_no);
10485 endname = ggc_strdup (label_id);
10487 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list, loc_descriptor (varloc),
10488 node->label, endname, secname);
10491 /* Finally, add the location list to the DIE, and we are done. */
10492 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr, list);
10496 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
10499 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
10500 if (rtl && (CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING))
10502 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
10506 /* If we have tried to generate the location otherwise, and it
10507 didn't work out (we wouldn't be here if we did), and we have a one entry
10508 location list, try generating a location from that. */
10509 if (loc_list && loc_list->first)
10511 node = loc_list->first;
10512 descr = loc_descriptor (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note));
10515 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, descr);
10520 /* We couldn't get any rtl, so try directly generating the location
10521 description from the tree. */
10522 descr = loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl);
10525 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, descr);
10528 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
10529 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
10530 tree_add_const_value_attribute (die, decl);
10533 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
10534 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
10535 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
10538 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl)
10540 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
10541 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
10544 if (TREE_READONLY (decl) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl) && init)
10549 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (init, type);
10551 add_const_value_attribute (var_die, rtl);
10554 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
10555 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
10556 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
10557 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
10560 static dw_loc_list_ref
10561 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
10564 dw_loc_list_ref list, *list_tail;
10566 dw_cfa_location last_cfa, next_cfa;
10567 const char *start_label, *last_label, *section;
10569 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
10571 section = secname_for_decl (current_function_decl);
10575 next_cfa.reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
10576 next_cfa.offset = 0;
10577 next_cfa.indirect = 0;
10578 next_cfa.base_offset = 0;
10580 start_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
10582 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
10583 advance opcodes. */
10584 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
10585 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa);
10587 last_cfa = next_cfa;
10588 last_label = start_label;
10590 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
10591 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
10593 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
10594 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
10595 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
10596 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
10597 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
10599 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
10600 start_label, last_label, section,
10603 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
10604 last_cfa = next_cfa;
10605 start_label = last_label;
10607 last_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
10610 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
10611 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
10612 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
10613 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
10614 /* We don't handle these two in this function. It would be possible
10615 if it were to be required. */
10616 gcc_unreachable ();
10619 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa);
10623 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
10625 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
10626 start_label, last_label, section,
10628 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
10629 start_label = last_label;
10631 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa, offset),
10632 start_label, fde->dw_fde_end, section,
10638 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
10639 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
10640 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
10641 before the latter is negated. */
10644 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
10648 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
10649 reg = frame_pointer_rtx;
10650 offset += FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
10652 reg = arg_pointer_rtx;
10653 offset += ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
10656 elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
10657 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
10659 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
10660 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
10662 gcc_assert (elim == (frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
10663 : stack_pointer_rtx));
10665 frame_pointer_fb_offset = -offset;
10668 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
10669 the value of the attribute. */
10672 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string)
10674 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
10676 if (demangle_name_func)
10677 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
10679 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
10683 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
10686 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die)
10688 const char *wd = get_src_pwd ();
10690 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, wd);
10693 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
10694 a representation for that bound. */
10697 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound)
10699 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
10704 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
10706 if (! host_integerp (bound, 0)
10707 || (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
10708 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound))
10709 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound)))))
10710 /* Use the default. */
10713 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr, tree_low_cst (bound, 0));
10718 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
10719 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
10720 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
10730 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
10732 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
10733 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
10734 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
10735 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
10736 later parameter. */
10737 if (decl_die != NULL)
10738 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
10744 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
10745 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
10747 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
10748 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
10750 loc = loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound);
10754 if (current_function_decl == 0)
10755 ctx = comp_unit_die;
10757 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
10759 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
10760 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10761 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
10762 add_AT_loc (decl_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
10764 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
10770 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
10771 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
10774 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type)
10776 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10777 unsigned dimension_number;
10780 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
10782 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
10783 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
10784 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
10785 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
10786 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
10787 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
10788 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
10789 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
10791 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10792 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10793 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10794 gen_array_type_die. */
10795 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10796 for (dimension_number = 0;
10797 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE;
10798 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
10801 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
10803 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
10804 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
10806 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
10809 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
10810 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
10811 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
10813 /* Define the index type. */
10814 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
10816 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
10817 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
10818 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
10819 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
10820 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
10821 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
10822 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
10825 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
10829 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
10830 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
10832 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
10833 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
10834 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
10836 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
10838 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
10841 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
10842 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
10848 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node)
10852 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
10857 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
10860 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
10861 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
10864 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
10865 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
10866 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
10867 even for bit-fields. */
10868 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
10871 gcc_unreachable ();
10874 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
10875 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
10876 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
10877 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
10878 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
10881 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
10882 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
10883 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
10886 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
10887 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
10888 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
10889 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
10890 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
10891 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
10893 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
10894 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
10895 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
10898 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10900 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
10901 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
10902 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
10903 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
10904 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
10905 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
10907 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10908 gcc_assert (type && TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
10910 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
10911 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
10912 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
10913 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
10914 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
10917 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
10919 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
10920 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
10921 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
10922 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
10923 below must take account of these differences. */
10924 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
10925 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
10927 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10929 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
10930 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
10934 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10935 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
10936 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
10938 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
10941 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
10942 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
10945 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10947 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10948 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL
10949 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl));
10951 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
10952 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
10955 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
10956 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
10959 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type)
10961 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
10962 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
10963 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
10966 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
10967 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
10971 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin)
10973 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
10975 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
10977 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
10978 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
10979 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
10981 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
10982 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
10986 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
10988 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
10990 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
10993 if (DECL_P (origin))
10994 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
10995 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
10996 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
10998 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
10999 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
11000 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
11001 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
11002 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
11003 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
11004 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
11008 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
11011 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
11014 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl)
11016 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
11018 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
11020 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
11021 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
11022 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
11023 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
11026 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
11027 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11028 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
11029 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
11033 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
11036 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
11038 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
11040 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
11041 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
11044 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
11045 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
11048 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
11052 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
11053 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
11055 add_name_attribute (die, dwarf2_name (decl, 0));
11056 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11057 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
11059 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
11060 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
11061 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl)
11062 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
11063 && !(TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl)))
11064 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
11065 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
11068 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11069 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
11070 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
11071 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
11073 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
11074 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
11075 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, used_rtx_array, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
11080 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
11083 push_decl_scope (tree scope)
11085 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, decl_scope_table, scope);
11088 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
11091 pop_decl_scope (void)
11093 VEC_pop (tree, decl_scope_table);
11096 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
11097 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
11098 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
11099 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
11100 the current active scope. */
11103 scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die)
11105 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
11106 tree containing_scope;
11109 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
11110 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t));
11112 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
11114 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
11115 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
11117 if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope))
11120 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
11123 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
11124 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
11125 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
11126 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
11127 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
11129 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
11130 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
11131 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
11133 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
11134 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
11135 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
11136 for (i = VEC_length (tree, decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
11137 if (VEC_index (tree, decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
11142 gcc_assert (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
11143 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope));
11145 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
11146 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
11149 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
11152 scope_die = context_die;
11157 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
11160 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
11162 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
11163 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
11164 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
11170 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
11171 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
11174 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
11176 return (context_die
11177 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
11178 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type
11179 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace));
11182 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
11183 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
11184 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
11187 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const,
11188 int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die)
11190 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
11191 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
11193 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
11194 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
11195 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
11196 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
11197 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE)
11198 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
11199 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
11201 if (code == ERROR_MARK
11202 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
11203 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
11204 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
11205 || code == VOID_TYPE)
11208 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
11209 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
11210 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
11213 if (type_die != NULL)
11214 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
11217 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
11218 function call type. */
11220 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die, tree type)
11222 enum dwarf_calling_convention value = DW_CC_normal;
11224 value = targetm.dwarf_calling_convention (type);
11226 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
11227 is not DW_CC_normal. */
11228 if (value && (value != DW_CC_normal))
11229 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_calling_convention, value);
11232 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
11233 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
11234 was declared without a tag. */
11236 static const char *
11237 type_tag (tree type)
11239 const char *name = 0;
11241 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
11245 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
11246 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
11247 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
11249 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
11250 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
11252 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
11253 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
11254 t = DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type));
11256 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
11258 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
11261 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
11264 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
11265 for bit field types. */
11268 member_declared_type (tree member)
11270 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
11271 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
11274 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
11275 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
11278 static const char *
11279 decl_start_label (tree decl)
11282 const char *fnname;
11284 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
11285 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
11288 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
11290 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
11295 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
11296 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
11297 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
11300 gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11302 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
11303 dw_die_ref array_die;
11306 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
11307 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
11308 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
11309 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11310 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11313 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
11314 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
11315 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
11317 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
11319 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
11320 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
11321 type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type)));
11322 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
11326 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
11327 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
11328 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
11329 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
11330 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
11331 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
11332 for multidimensional arrays. */
11333 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
11336 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11337 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
11338 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
11339 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
11340 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11343 add_subscript_info (array_die, type);
11345 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
11346 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
11348 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
11349 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
11350 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
11351 add_subscript_info. */
11352 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11353 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
11354 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
11356 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
11359 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
11361 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
11362 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
11367 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11369 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11370 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
11372 if (origin != NULL)
11373 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
11376 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
11377 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
11378 0, 0, context_die);
11381 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11382 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
11384 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
11388 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
11389 emit full debugging info for them. */
11392 retry_incomplete_types (void)
11396 for (i = VEC_length (tree, incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
11397 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
11400 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
11403 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11405 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type, context_die, type);
11407 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11408 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11409 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
11412 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
11415 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11417 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type, context_die, type);
11419 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11420 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11421 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
11424 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
11427 gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11429 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_union_type, context_die, type);
11431 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11432 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11433 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
11436 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
11437 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
11438 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
11442 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11444 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
11446 if (type_die == NULL)
11448 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
11449 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11450 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
11451 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
11453 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
11456 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
11458 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
11459 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
11460 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
11461 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
11465 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11466 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
11467 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
11468 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
11470 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11471 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11472 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
11473 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
11475 for (link = TYPE_VALUES (type);
11476 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
11478 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
11479 tree value = TREE_VALUE (link);
11481 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
11482 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
11484 if (host_integerp (value, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value))))
11485 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
11486 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
11487 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
11488 values as if they were signed. That means that
11489 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
11490 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
11491 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
11492 tree_low_cst (value, tree_int_cst_sgn (value) > 0));
11496 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11498 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
11499 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
11504 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
11505 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
11508 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
11509 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
11510 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
11511 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
11512 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
11513 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
11514 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
11515 argument type of some subprogram type. */
11518 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, dw_die_ref context_die)
11520 dw_die_ref parm_die
11521 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
11524 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node)))
11526 case tcc_declaration:
11527 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node);
11528 if (origin != NULL)
11529 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
11532 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
11533 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (node),
11534 TREE_READONLY (node),
11535 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
11537 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
11538 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11541 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
11542 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node))
11543 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node, DW_AT_location);
11548 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
11549 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node, 0, 0, context_die);
11553 gcc_unreachable ();
11559 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
11560 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
11563 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11565 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
11568 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
11569 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
11570 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
11571 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
11574 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11577 tree formal_type = NULL;
11578 tree first_parm_type;
11581 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
11583 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
11584 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
11589 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
11591 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
11592 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
11593 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
11595 dw_die_ref parm_die;
11597 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
11598 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
11601 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
11602 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, context_die);
11603 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
11604 && link == first_parm_type)
11605 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
11606 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11608 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
11610 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
11613 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
11614 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
11615 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
11616 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
11618 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
11619 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
11620 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
11621 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
11622 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
11623 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
11626 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
11627 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
11628 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
11629 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
11630 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
11633 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die)
11635 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
11637 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
11638 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
11639 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
11640 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
11642 dw_die_ref type_die;
11643 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member));
11645 push_decl_scope (type);
11646 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
11647 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
11648 gen_subprogram_die (member, type_die);
11649 else if (TREE_CODE (member) == FIELD_DECL)
11651 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
11652 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
11653 if (DECL_NAME (member) != NULL_TREE
11654 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == UNION_TYPE
11655 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == RECORD_TYPE)
11657 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member), type_die);
11658 gen_field_die (member, type_die);
11662 gen_variable_die (member, type_die);
11668 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
11669 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
11672 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl)
11674 dw_die_ref old_die;
11676 struct function *save_cfun;
11678 int was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
11680 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
11681 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
11683 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11684 if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11685 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
11688 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
11689 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
11690 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11692 context = decl_class_context (decl);
11694 gen_type_die_for_member
11695 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
11698 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
11699 save_fn = current_function_decl;
11701 current_function_decl = decl;
11702 cfun = DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl);
11704 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
11705 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
11706 if (! was_abstract)
11707 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
11709 current_function_decl = save_fn;
11713 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
11714 htab_traverse_resize().
11716 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
11717 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
11719 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
11725 die = lookup_type_die (type);
11727 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
11731 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
11733 premark_used_types (void)
11735 if (cfun && cfun->used_types_hash)
11736 htab_traverse (cfun->used_types_hash, premark_used_types_helper, NULL);
11739 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
11743 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11745 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11746 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11747 dw_die_ref subr_die;
11750 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11751 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
11752 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
11754 premark_used_types ();
11756 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
11757 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
11758 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
11759 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
11760 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
11762 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
11763 if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die))
11766 gcc_assert (!old_die);
11769 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
11770 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
11771 if (!declaration && !origin && !old_die
11772 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
11773 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
11774 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11775 old_die = force_decl_die (decl);
11777 if (origin != NULL)
11779 gcc_assert (!declaration || local_scope_p (context_die));
11781 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
11782 inline function. */
11783 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
11784 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
11786 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11787 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
11791 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
11792 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
11794 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
11795 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
11796 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
11797 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
11798 && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11800 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
11801 something we have already output. */
11805 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
11806 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
11807 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
11808 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
11809 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
11810 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
11811 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
11812 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
11813 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
11814 || (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
11815 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
11816 == (unsigned) s.line))))
11818 subr_die = old_die;
11820 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
11821 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
11822 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
11823 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
11824 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
11825 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
11826 remove_child_TAG (subr_die, DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
11830 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11831 add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die);
11832 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
11833 add_AT_file (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
11834 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
11835 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
11840 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11842 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
11843 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
11845 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
11846 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11848 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
11849 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
11850 0, 0, context_die);
11853 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
11854 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11855 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11857 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11858 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11859 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11860 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11865 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11867 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11869 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
11870 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
11871 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
11872 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
11874 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
11875 later reused to represent definition. */
11876 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11879 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11881 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl))
11883 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
11884 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
11886 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
11890 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
11891 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
11893 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined);
11896 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11898 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
11900 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset;
11902 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11903 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11905 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
11907 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
11908 current_function_funcdef_no);
11909 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
11910 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
11911 current_function_funcdef_no);
11912 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
11914 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
11915 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11918 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
11919 hot section and ond for cold section, then use the hot/cold
11920 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
11922 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
11923 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
11924 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
11925 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
11927 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
11928 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11929 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11933 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11934 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
11935 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
11938 cfa_fb_offset = CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl);
11940 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
11941 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
11942 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
11943 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
11944 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
11945 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
11946 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
11948 /* ??? Use some command-line or configury switch to enable the use
11949 of dwarf3 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. At present there are no dwarf
11950 consumers that understand it; fall back to "pure" dwarf2 and
11951 convert the CFA data into a location list. */
11953 dw_loc_list_ref list = convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset);
11954 if (list->dw_loc_next)
11955 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list);
11957 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list->expr);
11960 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
11961 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
11962 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
11963 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
11964 by this displacement. */
11965 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset);
11967 if (cfun->static_chain_decl)
11968 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
11969 loc_descriptor_from_tree (cfun->static_chain_decl));
11972 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
11973 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
11974 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
11975 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
11976 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
11977 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
11978 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
11979 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
11980 an ellipsis at the end. */
11982 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
11983 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
11984 its formal parameters. */
11985 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11987 else if (declaration)
11988 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
11991 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
11992 tree arg_decls = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
11995 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
11996 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
11997 for (parm = arg_decls; parm; parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm))
11998 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
12000 if (DECL_NAME (parm)
12001 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm)),
12002 "__builtin_va_alist"))
12003 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm, subr_die);
12005 gen_decl_die (parm, subr_die);
12008 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
12009 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
12010 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
12011 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
12012 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
12013 parameters at all. */
12014 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
12015 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
12017 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
12018 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
12019 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
12021 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
12022 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
12025 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
12026 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
12027 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
12029 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
12030 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
12031 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
12032 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
12033 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
12034 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
12035 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
12037 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
12038 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
12039 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
12040 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
12041 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
12042 constructor function. */
12043 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
12045 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
12046 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl)))
12047 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl), subr_die);
12049 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
12050 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
12052 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
12053 if (current_function_has_inlines)
12055 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
12056 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
12058 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
12059 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
12064 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
12065 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
12069 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
12072 gen_variable_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12074 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
12075 dw_die_ref var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
12077 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12078 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
12079 /* If DECL is COMDAT and has not actually been
12080 emitted, we cannot take its address; there
12081 might end up being no definition anywhere in
12082 the program. For example, consider the C++
12086 struct S { static const int i = 7; };
12091 int f() { return S<int>::i; }
12093 Here, S<int>::i is not DECL_EXTERNAL, but no
12094 definition is required, so the compiler will
12095 not emit a definition. */
12096 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
12097 && DECL_COMDAT (decl) && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
12098 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
12100 if (origin != NULL)
12101 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
12103 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
12104 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
12106 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
12107 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
12110 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
12112 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
12113 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
12114 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
12116 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl) && ! declaration
12117 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
12119 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
12120 add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die);
12121 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
12123 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
12124 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
12126 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
12127 add_AT_file (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
12129 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
12130 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
12135 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
12136 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
12137 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
12139 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
12140 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
12142 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
12143 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
12145 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
12146 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
12147 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
12148 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
12152 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
12154 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || declaration)
12155 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
12157 if (! declaration && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
12159 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl, DW_AT_location);
12160 add_pubname (decl, var_die);
12163 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
12166 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
12169 gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12171 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
12172 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
12174 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
12176 if (origin != NULL)
12177 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
12179 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
12181 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
12182 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
12185 insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
12187 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
12188 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
12189 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
12193 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL))))
12195 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
12196 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
12197 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
12198 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
12199 it if it ever does happen. */
12200 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn));
12202 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
12203 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
12208 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
12209 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
12210 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
12213 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
12215 expanded_location s = expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt));
12217 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_call_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
12218 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_call_line, s.line);
12221 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
12222 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
12225 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
12227 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
12229 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt))
12233 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
12235 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
12238 add_ranges (chain);
12239 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
12246 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
12247 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
12248 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
12249 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
12250 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
12251 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
12255 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
12258 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12260 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
12262 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
12263 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, stmt_die);
12265 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
12268 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
12271 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12273 tree decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
12275 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
12276 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
12277 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
12278 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
12279 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
12281 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
12283 dw_die_ref subr_die
12284 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
12286 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
12287 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
12288 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
12290 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
12291 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
12294 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
12295 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
12296 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
12297 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
12298 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
12299 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
12300 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
12301 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
12302 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
12303 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
12304 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
12306 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
12309 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
12312 gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12314 dw_die_ref decl_die;
12316 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node)
12319 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
12320 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
12321 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
12322 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
12325 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
12327 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12328 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12329 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12332 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
12333 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12335 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
12336 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
12338 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
12339 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
12340 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
12341 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
12343 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
12344 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
12348 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
12349 Use modified_type_die instead.
12350 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
12351 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
12354 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12357 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12359 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
12360 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
12361 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
12364 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
12365 Use modified_type_die instead.
12366 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
12367 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
12370 gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12373 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12375 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
12376 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
12377 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
12381 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
12384 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12387 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
12388 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12390 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
12391 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
12392 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
12393 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
12396 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
12399 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
12402 char producer[250];
12403 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
12406 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
12410 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
12411 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
12412 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename) && filename[0] != '<')
12413 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
12416 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
12418 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
12419 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
12420 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
12421 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
12422 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
12423 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
12424 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
12425 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12426 strcat (producer, " -g");
12429 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
12431 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
12432 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
12433 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
12434 language = DW_LANG_Ada95;
12435 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
12436 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
12437 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F95") == 0)
12438 language = DW_LANG_Fortran95;
12439 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
12440 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
12441 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
12442 language = DW_LANG_Java;
12443 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
12444 language = DW_LANG_ObjC;
12445 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
12446 language = DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
12448 language = DW_LANG_C89;
12450 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
12454 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
12457 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die)
12459 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
12461 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
12462 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
12464 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo))
12465 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
12467 if (access == access_public_node)
12468 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
12469 else if (access == access_protected_node)
12470 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
12473 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
12476 gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12479 tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
12482 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
12483 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
12484 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
12485 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
12486 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
12487 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
12488 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
12489 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
12490 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
12491 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
12492 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
12494 /* First output info about the base classes. */
12497 VEC(tree,gc) *accesses = BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo);
12501 for (i = 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo, i, base); i++)
12502 gen_inheritance_die (base,
12503 (accesses ? VEC_index (tree, accesses, i)
12504 : access_public_node), context_die);
12507 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
12508 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
12510 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
12511 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
12512 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
12513 do put them in the right order. */
12515 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
12517 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
12519 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
12522 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
12523 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
12525 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
12526 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
12529 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
12531 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
12533 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
12537 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
12538 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
12539 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
12542 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12544 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12545 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
12547 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
12548 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
12549 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
12550 int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
12552 if (type_die && ! complete)
12555 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
12556 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
12557 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
12560 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
12562 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
12563 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
12565 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
12567 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
12568 ? DW_TAG_structure_type : DW_TAG_union_type,
12570 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
12572 add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
12574 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
12577 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
12579 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
12580 then give a list of members. */
12581 if (complete && !ns_decl)
12583 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
12584 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
12585 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12586 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
12587 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
12588 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
12590 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
12591 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
12592 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
12593 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
12595 push_decl_scope (type);
12596 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
12599 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
12600 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
12602 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
12604 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
12605 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
12606 lookup_type_die (vtype));
12611 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
12613 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
12614 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
12615 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
12616 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, incomplete_types, type);
12619 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
12620 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
12623 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
12626 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12628 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12629 dw_die_ref subr_die
12630 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
12631 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12633 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
12634 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
12635 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
12636 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
12638 if (get_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_name))
12639 add_pubtype (type, subr_die);
12642 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
12645 gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12647 dw_die_ref type_die;
12650 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
12653 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
12654 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
12655 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
12656 if (origin != NULL)
12657 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
12662 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
12663 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
12665 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
12667 gcc_assert (type != TREE_TYPE (decl));
12668 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
12671 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
12673 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
12674 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
12677 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
12678 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
12680 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
12681 add_pubtype (decl, type_die);
12684 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
12687 gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12691 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
12694 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
12695 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
12697 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12700 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
12701 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) != type);
12703 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12704 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), context_die);
12708 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
12709 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
12710 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
12711 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
12712 cloned type itself). */
12713 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
12714 type = type_main_variant (type);
12716 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12719 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12725 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
12726 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
12727 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
12728 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
12729 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
12731 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12733 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
12734 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
12735 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12739 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
12740 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
12741 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die);
12743 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
12744 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12746 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
12748 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
12751 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
12752 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
12753 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12754 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
12758 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
12759 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
12760 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
12764 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
12768 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
12771 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12774 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12775 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
12776 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
12777 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
12778 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
12779 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
12780 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
12781 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
12782 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
12783 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
12785 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die);
12787 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12790 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
12791 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12792 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12797 declare_in_namespace (type, context_die);
12801 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
12803 /* This might have been written out by the call to
12804 declare_in_namespace. */
12805 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12806 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
12809 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die);
12814 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
12815 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
12816 when appropriate. */
12824 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
12828 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
12832 gcc_unreachable ();
12835 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12838 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
12841 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12843 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
12846 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
12847 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
12848 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
12850 gcc_assert (type == type_main_variant (type));
12852 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
12853 an instance of an unresolved type. */
12855 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12860 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12861 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
12865 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die);
12869 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12870 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die);
12874 gcc_unreachable ();
12878 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
12879 things which are local to the given block. */
12882 gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12884 int must_output_die = 0;
12887 enum tree_code origin_code;
12889 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
12890 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
12893 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
12894 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
12895 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
12896 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
12900 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
12901 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
12906 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
12907 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
12908 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
12909 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
12910 the current block. */
12911 origin = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
12912 origin_code = (origin != NULL) ? TREE_CODE (origin) : ERROR_MARK;
12914 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
12916 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
12917 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
12918 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
12919 must_output_die = 1;
12922 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
12923 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
12924 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
12925 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
12926 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
12927 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
12928 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
12929 if (! is_body_block (origin ? origin : stmt))
12931 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
12932 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
12933 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12934 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
12935 as being a "significant" one. */
12936 must_output_die = (BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL
12937 && (TREE_USED (stmt)
12938 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
12939 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)));
12941 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
12942 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
12943 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
12944 decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
12945 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
12946 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
12948 must_output_die = 1;
12954 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
12955 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
12956 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
12957 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
12958 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
12959 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
12960 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
12961 if (must_output_die)
12963 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
12964 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
12966 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
12969 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
12972 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
12973 all of its sub-blocks. */
12976 decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12981 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
12982 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
12985 if (TREE_USED (stmt))
12987 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
12988 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
12989 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
12990 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
12991 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
12995 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
12996 die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12997 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
12998 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
13002 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
13003 add_child_die (context_die, die);
13004 /* Do not produce debug information for static variables since
13005 these might be optimized out. We are called for these later
13006 in varpool_analyze_pending_decls. */
13007 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && TREE_STATIC (decl))
13010 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
13014 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
13015 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13018 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
13019 therein) of this block. */
13020 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
13022 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
13023 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
13026 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
13029 is_redundant_typedef (tree decl)
13031 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
13034 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
13035 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
13036 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
13037 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
13038 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
13039 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
13045 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
13048 force_decl_die (tree decl)
13050 dw_die_ref decl_die;
13051 unsigned saved_external_flag;
13052 tree save_fn = NULL_TREE;
13053 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
13056 dw_die_ref context_die;
13057 tree decl_context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
13060 /* Find die that represents this context. */
13061 if (TYPE_P (decl_context))
13062 context_die = force_type_die (decl_context);
13064 context_die = force_decl_die (decl_context);
13067 context_die = comp_unit_die;
13069 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
13073 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
13075 case FUNCTION_DECL:
13076 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
13077 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
13078 declaration die. */
13079 save_fn = current_function_decl;
13080 current_function_decl = NULL_TREE;
13081 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
13082 current_function_decl = save_fn;
13086 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
13087 gen_decl_die() call. */
13088 saved_external_flag = DECL_EXTERNAL (decl);
13089 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
13090 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
13091 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = saved_external_flag;
13094 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
13095 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
13099 gcc_unreachable ();
13102 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
13104 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
13105 gcc_assert (decl_die);
13111 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE. A DIE is always returned. */
13114 force_type_die (tree type)
13116 dw_die_ref type_die;
13118 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
13121 dw_die_ref context_die;
13122 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
13124 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
13125 context_die = force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
13127 context_die = force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
13130 context_die = comp_unit_die;
13132 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
13135 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
13136 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
13137 gcc_assert (type_die);
13142 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
13143 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
13146 setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
13148 tree context = (DECL_P (thing)
13149 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing));
13150 if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
13151 /* Force out the namespace. */
13152 context_die = force_decl_die (context);
13154 return context_die;
13157 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
13158 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
13160 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
13161 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
13164 declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
13166 dw_die_ref ns_context;
13168 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13171 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
13172 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
13173 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
13174 if (DECL_P (thing) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing))
13177 ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die);
13179 if (ns_context != context_die)
13181 if (DECL_P (thing))
13182 gen_decl_die (thing, ns_context);
13184 gen_type_die (thing, ns_context);
13188 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
13191 gen_namespace_die (tree decl)
13193 dw_die_ref context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
13195 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
13196 they are an alias of. */
13197 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL)
13199 /* Output a real namespace. */
13200 dw_die_ref namespace_die
13201 = new_die (DW_TAG_namespace, context_die, decl);
13202 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
13203 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
13207 /* Output a namespace alias. */
13209 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
13210 dw_die_ref origin_die
13211 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
13213 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
13214 dw_die_ref namespace_die
13215 = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl);
13216 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
13217 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die);
13218 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
13222 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
13225 gen_decl_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
13229 if (DECL_P (decl) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
13232 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
13238 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
13239 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
13242 case FUNCTION_DECL:
13243 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
13244 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
13245 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
13246 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)))
13251 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
13252 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
13253 if (current_function_decl != decl)
13254 /* This is only a declaration. */;
13257 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
13258 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
13259 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
13261 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
13262 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
13263 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)
13264 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
13265 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
13266 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
13267 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
13268 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
13269 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
13271 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
13272 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
13275 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
13276 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13278 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
13279 have described its return type. */
13280 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
13282 /* And its virtual context. */
13283 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
13284 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
13286 /* And its containing type. */
13287 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
13288 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
13289 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
13291 /* And its containing namespace. */
13292 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
13295 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
13296 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
13300 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13301 actual typedefs. */
13302 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13305 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
13306 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
13307 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
13308 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
13309 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
13310 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
13311 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
13313 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13317 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
13318 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13320 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
13321 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
13325 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
13326 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
13331 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13332 variable declarations or definitions. */
13333 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13336 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
13338 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13340 /* And its containing type. */
13341 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
13342 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
13343 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
13345 /* And its containing namespace. */
13346 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
13348 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
13349 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
13350 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
13352 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
13353 if (origin != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (origin) == PARM_DECL)
13354 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
13356 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die);
13360 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
13361 anonymous unions and structs. */
13362 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
13363 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE
13364 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == RECORD_TYPE)
13366 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
13367 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
13372 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13373 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
13376 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
13377 gen_namespace_die (decl);
13381 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
13382 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES);
13387 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
13388 compilation proper has finished. */
13391 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl)
13393 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
13394 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
13395 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
13396 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
13397 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
13398 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
13401 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
13402 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
13404 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl, int local)
13407 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
13410 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl. */
13413 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl, tree context)
13415 dw_die_ref imported_die, at_import_die;
13416 dw_die_ref scope_die;
13417 expanded_location xloc;
13419 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13424 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
13425 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
13428 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
13429 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
13431 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
13432 else if (TYPE_P (context))
13433 scope_die = force_type_die (context);
13435 scope_die = force_decl_die (context);
13437 /* For TYPE_DECL or CONST_DECL, lookup TREE_TYPE. */
13438 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL)
13439 at_import_die = force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
13442 at_import_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
13443 if (!at_import_die)
13445 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
13446 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
13447 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL)
13449 tree type = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
13450 dw_die_ref type_context_die;
13452 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
13453 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
13454 type_context_die = force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
13456 type_context_die = force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
13458 type_context_die = comp_unit_die;
13459 gen_type_die_for_member (type, decl, type_context_die);
13461 at_import_die = force_decl_die (decl);
13465 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
13466 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
13467 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module, scope_die, context);
13469 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, scope_die, context);
13471 xloc = expand_location (input_location);
13472 add_AT_file (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (xloc.file));
13473 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_line, xloc.line);
13474 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die, DW_AT_import, at_import_die);
13477 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
13480 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl)
13482 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
13484 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
13489 case FUNCTION_DECL:
13490 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
13491 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
13492 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
13493 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
13494 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
13495 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
13496 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
13497 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
13498 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
13499 with the definition of the function.
13501 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
13502 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
13503 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
13504 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
13505 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
13506 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
13507 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
13508 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
13509 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
13510 that they *are* definitions).
13512 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
13513 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
13514 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
13515 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
13516 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
13517 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
13520 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
13521 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
13522 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
13523 if (decl_function_context (decl)
13524 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
13525 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13526 context_die = NULL;
13530 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
13531 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
13532 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
13533 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
13534 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
13535 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
13536 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
13537 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
13538 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
13541 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
13542 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
13543 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
13545 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13546 variable declarations or definitions. */
13547 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13551 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
13552 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13554 if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL)
13559 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
13560 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
13563 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
13564 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
13565 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl))
13567 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
13568 comparisons have. */
13570 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
13571 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
13572 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
13577 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
13578 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13581 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
13582 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
13583 if (decl_function_context (decl))
13584 context_die = NULL;
13592 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
13595 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
13596 a lexical block. */
13599 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13600 unsigned int blocknum)
13602 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
13603 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
13606 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
13610 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum)
13612 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
13613 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
13616 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
13617 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
13619 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
13620 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
13621 we may end up calling them anyway. */
13624 dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree block)
13628 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
13629 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
13630 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
13636 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
13639 file_table_eq (const void *p1_p, const void *p2_p)
13641 const struct dwarf_file_data * p1 = p1_p;
13642 const char * p2 = p2_p;
13643 return strcmp (p1->filename, p2) == 0;
13647 file_table_hash (const void *p_p)
13649 const struct dwarf_file_data * p = p_p;
13650 return htab_hash_string (p->filename);
13653 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
13654 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
13655 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
13656 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
13657 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
13658 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
13659 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
13660 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
13661 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
13664 static struct dwarf_file_data *
13665 lookup_filename (const char *file_name)
13668 struct dwarf_file_data * created;
13670 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
13671 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
13672 if (file_table_last_lookup
13673 && (file_name == file_table_last_lookup->filename
13674 || strcmp (file_table_last_lookup->filename, file_name) == 0))
13675 return file_table_last_lookup;
13677 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
13678 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table, file_name,
13679 htab_hash_string (file_name), INSERT);
13683 created = ggc_alloc (sizeof (struct dwarf_file_data));
13684 created->filename = file_name;
13685 created->emitted_number = 0;
13690 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
13691 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
13692 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
13693 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
13694 types, which may include filenames. */
13697 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data * fd)
13699 if (! fd->emitted_number)
13701 if (last_emitted_file)
13702 fd->emitted_number = last_emitted_file->emitted_number + 1;
13704 fd->emitted_number = 1;
13705 last_emitted_file = fd;
13707 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
13709 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ", fd->emitted_number);
13710 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file, fd->filename);
13711 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
13715 return fd->emitted_number;
13718 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
13719 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
13720 our lookup table. */
13723 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note)
13725 char loclabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
13726 struct var_loc_node *newloc;
13728 static rtx last_insn;
13729 static const char *last_label;
13732 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note)))
13734 prev_insn = PREV_INSN (loc_note);
13736 newloc = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct var_loc_node));
13737 /* If the insn we processed last time is the previous insn
13738 and it is also a var location note, use the label we emitted
13740 if (last_insn != NULL_RTX
13741 && last_insn == prev_insn
13742 && NOTE_P (prev_insn)
13743 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (prev_insn) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION)
13745 newloc->label = last_label;
13749 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel, "LVL", loclabel_num);
13750 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LVL", loclabel_num);
13752 newloc->label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
13754 newloc->var_loc_note = loc_note;
13755 newloc->next = NULL;
13757 if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
13758 newloc->section_label = cfun->cold_section_label;
13760 newloc->section_label = text_section_label;
13762 last_insn = loc_note;
13763 last_label = newloc->label;
13764 decl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note);
13765 add_var_loc_to_decl (decl, newloc);
13768 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
13769 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
13770 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
13771 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
13774 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun)
13776 htab_empty (decl_loc_table);
13778 if (function_section (fun) != text_section)
13779 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
13782 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
13783 and record information relating to this source line, in
13784 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
13787 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename)
13789 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
13792 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
13794 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
13796 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
13797 if (flag_debug_asm)
13798 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
13801 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
13803 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
13804 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num, line);
13806 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
13807 line_info_table_in_use++;
13809 else if (function_section (current_function_decl) != text_section)
13811 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
13812 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file,
13813 SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
13814 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
13816 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
13817 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
13818 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
13820 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13821 separate_line_info_table
13822 = ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table,
13823 separate_line_info_table_allocated
13824 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry));
13825 memset (separate_line_info_table
13826 + separate_line_info_table_in_use,
13828 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
13829 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry)));
13832 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
13834 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
13835 line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
13836 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
13837 line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no;
13841 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
13843 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
13844 line_info_table_in_use);
13846 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
13847 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
13849 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13851 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table,
13852 (line_info_table_allocated
13853 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry)));
13854 memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0,
13855 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
13858 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
13859 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
13860 line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
13861 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
13866 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
13869 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
13871 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
13873 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
13874 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
13876 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
13877 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, filename);
13880 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13882 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
13884 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
13885 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
13886 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
13889 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num, "file %s", filename);
13893 /* Record the end of a source file. */
13896 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13898 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
13899 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
13900 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
13902 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13904 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
13905 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
13909 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
13910 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
13911 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
13914 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13915 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13917 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13919 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
13920 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
13921 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
13922 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
13926 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
13927 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
13928 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
13931 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13932 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13934 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13936 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
13937 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
13938 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
13939 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
13943 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
13946 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13948 /* Allocate the file_table. */
13949 file_table = htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash,
13950 file_table_eq, NULL);
13952 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
13953 decl_die_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash,
13954 decl_die_table_eq, NULL);
13956 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
13957 decl_loc_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash,
13958 decl_loc_table_eq, NULL);
13960 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
13961 decl_scope_table = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 256);
13963 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
13964 abbrev_die_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
13965 * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
13966 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13967 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
13968 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
13970 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
13971 line_info_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
13972 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
13973 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13975 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
13976 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
13978 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
13979 pubname_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
13980 pubtype_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
13982 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
13983 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
13984 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
13985 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
13986 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
13987 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
13988 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
13990 incomplete_types = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 64);
13992 used_rtx_array = VEC_alloc (rtx, gc, 32);
13994 debug_info_section = get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION,
13995 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13996 debug_abbrev_section = get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION,
13997 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
13998 debug_aranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION,
13999 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14000 debug_macinfo_section = get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION,
14001 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14002 debug_line_section = get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION,
14003 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14004 debug_loc_section = get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION,
14005 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14006 debug_pubnames_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION,
14007 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14008 #ifdef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
14009 debug_pubtypes_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION,
14010 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14012 debug_str_section = get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION,
14013 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS, NULL);
14014 debug_ranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION,
14015 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14016 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
14017 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14019 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
14020 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
14021 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14022 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14023 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label,
14024 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14025 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
14027 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
14028 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14029 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
14030 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14031 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
14032 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14033 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
14034 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
14035 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
14036 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
14037 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
14038 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
14040 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
14042 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
14043 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
14044 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14045 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
14048 switch_to_section (text_section);
14049 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
14050 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
14052 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
14053 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, cold_text_section_label);
14057 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
14058 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
14061 output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
14063 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
14065 if (node->form == DW_FORM_strp)
14067 switch_to_section (debug_str_section);
14068 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
14069 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
14075 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
14076 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
14079 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die)
14083 gcc_assert (! die->die_mark);
14084 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, verify_marks_clear (c));
14086 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
14088 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
14089 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
14092 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
14098 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unmark_dies (c));
14101 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
14102 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
14105 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die)
14110 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
14112 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
14114 /* A reference to another DIE.
14115 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
14116 prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
14118 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
14119 accounts properly for it. */
14120 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
14121 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount = 0;
14126 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
14127 to DIE's children. */
14130 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids)
14134 if (die->die_mark == 0)
14136 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
14139 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
14140 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
14141 if (die->die_parent)
14142 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0);
14144 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
14145 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
14147 /* If this node is a specification,
14148 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
14149 if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition)
14150 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1);
14153 if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
14155 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
14156 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
14159 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
14160 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
14161 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type)
14162 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1));
14164 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
14169 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
14172 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die)
14176 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
14180 switch (die->die_tag)
14182 case DW_TAG_const_type:
14183 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
14184 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
14185 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
14186 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
14187 case DW_TAG_typedef:
14188 case DW_TAG_array_type:
14189 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
14190 case DW_TAG_union_type:
14191 case DW_TAG_class_type:
14192 case DW_TAG_friend:
14193 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
14194 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
14195 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
14196 case DW_TAG_string_type:
14197 case DW_TAG_set_type:
14198 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
14199 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
14200 case DW_TAG_file_type:
14201 if (die->die_perennial_p)
14204 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
14208 /* Mark everything else. */
14214 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
14215 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
14217 /* Mark children. */
14218 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
14221 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
14225 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die)
14230 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
14231 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
14233 struct indirect_string_node *s = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
14235 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
14236 twice in the hash table. */
14238 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) ? 1 : 2))
14241 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, s->str,
14242 htab_hash_string (s->str),
14244 gcc_assert (*slot == NULL);
14250 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
14253 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die)
14257 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
14258 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die);
14260 if (! die->die_child)
14263 c = die->die_child;
14265 dw_die_ref prev = c;
14266 for (c = c->die_sib; ! c->die_mark; c = c->die_sib)
14267 if (c == die->die_child)
14269 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
14271 /* No marked children at all. */
14272 die->die_child = NULL;
14275 prev->die_sib = c->die_sib;
14276 die->die_child = prev;
14281 if (c != prev->die_sib)
14283 prune_unused_types_prune (c);
14284 } while (c != die->die_child);
14288 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
14291 prune_unused_types (void)
14294 limbo_die_node *node;
14297 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
14298 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
14299 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die);
14300 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14301 verify_marks_clear (node->die);
14302 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
14304 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
14305 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die);
14306 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14307 prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
14309 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
14310 pubname_table or arange_table. */
14311 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, pubname_table, i, pub); i++)
14312 prune_unused_types_mark (pub->die, 1);
14313 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
14314 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table[i], 1);
14316 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */
14317 if (debug_str_hash)
14318 htab_empty (debug_str_hash);
14319 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die);
14320 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14321 prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
14323 /* Leave the marks clear. */
14324 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
14325 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14326 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
14329 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
14332 file_table_relative_p (void ** slot, void *param)
14335 struct dwarf_file_data *d = *slot;
14336 if (d->emitted_number && !IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (d->filename))
14344 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
14345 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
14348 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename)
14350 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
14351 dw_die_ref die = 0;
14353 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
14354 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
14355 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, filename);
14356 if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (filename))
14357 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
14358 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
14361 htab_traverse (file_table, file_table_relative_p, &p);
14363 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
14366 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
14367 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
14368 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
14369 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
14371 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
14373 next_node = node->next;
14376 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
14378 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
14381 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
14382 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
14384 else if (errorcount > 0 || sorrycount > 0)
14385 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
14386 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
14389 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
14390 nested function can be optimized away, which results
14391 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
14392 with the return type of that nested function. Force
14393 this to be a child of the containing function.
14395 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
14396 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
14397 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
14398 the function is likely unreachable too. */
14399 tree context = NULL_TREE;
14401 gcc_assert (node->created_for);
14403 if (DECL_P (node->created_for))
14404 context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
14405 else if (TYPE_P (node->created_for))
14406 context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
14408 gcc_assert (context
14409 && (TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL
14410 || TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL));
14412 origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
14414 add_child_die (origin, die);
14416 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
14421 limbo_die_list = NULL;
14423 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
14424 emit full debugging info for them. */
14425 retry_incomplete_types ();
14427 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
14428 prune_unused_types ();
14430 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
14431 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
14432 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
14433 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
14435 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
14436 that have children. */
14437 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
14438 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14439 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
14441 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
14442 switch_to_section (text_section);
14443 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
14444 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
14446 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
14447 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
14450 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
14452 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
14454 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
14455 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
14458 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
14459 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
14460 else if (have_location_lists || ranges_table_in_use)
14461 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
14463 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
14464 if (have_location_lists)
14466 /* Output the location lists info. */
14467 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section);
14468 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
14469 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14470 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
14471 output_location_lists (die);
14474 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
14475 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
14476 debug_line_section_label);
14478 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
14479 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
14481 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
14482 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
14483 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14484 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
14486 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die, 0);
14488 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
14489 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
14490 output_abbrev_section ();
14492 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
14493 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubname_table))
14495 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section);
14496 output_pubnames (pubname_table);
14499 #ifdef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
14500 /* Output public types table if necessary. */
14501 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubtype_table))
14503 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section);
14504 output_pubnames (pubtype_table);
14508 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
14509 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
14510 if (fde_table_in_use)
14512 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section);
14516 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
14517 if (ranges_table_in_use)
14519 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section);
14520 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
14524 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
14525 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
14526 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
14527 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
14528 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
14529 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
14530 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
14532 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
14533 output_line_info ();
14536 /* Have to end the macro section. */
14537 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
14539 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
14540 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
14543 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
14545 if (debug_str_hash)
14546 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
14550 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
14551 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks;
14553 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
14555 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"